MXPA01004056A - Fabric care composition and method - Google Patents

Abstract

The present invention relates to fabric care compositions, methods, and articles of manufacture for treating fabrics, comprising an effective amount of fabric care polysaccharides with globular structure. Optionally, the composition can contain other ingredients to improve performance and formulatability. The compositions can be applied to fabric by spraying, soaking, dipping, and can also be used for pre-wash treatment, adding to the wash cycle, adding to the rinse cycle, and/or adding to the drying cycle. Preferably the compositions are applied from spray containers which preferably are in association with instructions for use.

Description

COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR THE CARE OF FABRICS TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to fabric care compositions, methods and articles of manufacture for fabric treatment in order to improve various properties of the fabrics, in particular, the reduction and / or removal of undesirable wrinkles; reduction of fabric wear; prevention and / or reduction of lint formation on the fabric; and / or maintenance of the color of the fabric and / or reduction of fading of the color of the fabric.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION There is a continuing need for textile technologists to produce compositions and products that improve useful benefits for fabrics, especially clothing, such as maintenance and / or improvement of good appearance, and maintenance of the condition of the fabrics, for example, resistance and / or size and reduction of fabric wear, through a simple and convenient application of a product. Consumers commonly judge the desire and wear ability of a test by many appearance criteria, such as absence of wrinkles, absence of color fading, absence of dirt and stains, absence of tat damage such as lint, longevity, example, prevention or reduction of wear of the fabrics, prevention or reduction of shrinkage and the like. These benefits can be more or less provided through textile finishing compositions that are applied to fabrics in textile factories and / or garment manufacturing facilities, but it is preferable that these benefits are provided through simple and convenient compositions for the consumer, methods and products to be applied in the consumer's home. These compositions and products for the consumer are preferably safe and do not involve complicated and / or unsafe treatments and / or applications. Conveniently they comprise treatments that are familiar to consumers, such as spraying, rinsing, addition to the wash cycle, addition to the rinse cycle and / or addition to the drying cycle. The present invention relates to compositions, methods and articles of manufacture that provide some important benefits for the care of fabrics, including at least one of the following: removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, reinforcement of fabrics, strength and / or reduction of fabric wear, prevention and / or reduction of lint formation in fabrics, maintenance and / or reduction of color fading of fabrics, restoration of color, reduction of soiling of fabrics, retention of the forms of fabrics, fabrics and / or reduction of fabric shrinkage.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to compositions for fabric care, method for the care of fabrics and articles of manufacture containing said composition for the care of fabrics. The fabric care composition comprises: (A) an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care to provide a fabric with at least one of the following fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduced wear of fabrics, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, restoration of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading on fabrics , reduction of fouling of the fabrics, release of dirt in the fabrics, retention of the form in the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics, said polysaccharides for the care of the fabrics comprises polysaccharides with globular structure and with molecular weight of around 5,000 to approximately 500,000; branched versions of said polysaccharides; derivative versions of said polysaccharides; substituted versions of said polysaccharides; and mixtures thereof; (B) optionally, from about 0.01% to about % by weight of the composition, of oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides, oligosaccharide mixtures, substituted versions of said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures, versions derived from said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures, and mixtures thereof; (C) optionally, for removing and / or reducing wrinkles, an effective amount of auxiliary wrinkle-controlling agent, preferably selected from the group consisting of fiber lubricant, fabric-form retaining polymer, lithium salts and mixtures thereof (D) optionally, to reduce surface tension, and / or to improve performance and formulation capacity, an effective amount of surfactant; (E) optionally, an effective amount to absorb foul odor of odor control agent; (F) optionally, an amount effective to provide perfume olfactory effects; (G) optionally, an amount effective to kill or reduce the growth of microbes, of antimicrobial active; (H) optionally, an effective amount to provide improved antimicrobial action; of aminocarboxylate chelator; (I) optionally, an effective amount of antimicrobial preservative, in addition to, or in place of, said antimicrobial active; and (J) optionally, an aqueous carrier, said composition being optionally essentially free of any material that soils or tumbles the fabrics under conditions of use.

A preferred fabric care composition for treating fabrics comprises an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with a globular structure and is applied to fabrics and / or a complete fabric garment for example by immersion, soaking, nebulization and / or or sprinkling followed by a drying step. The present invention also relates to fabric care compositions incorporated in a spray sprayer and / or nebulization generator, to create an article of manufacture that can facilitate the treatment of articles of fabrics and / or garments of full fabrics and / or surfaces with said compositions containing polysaccharides for care of fabrics with globular structure and other optional ingredients at a level that is effective but not discernible when dried on the fabrics. Also preferred are compositions for care of aqueous or solid fabrics, preferably powder, for the treatment of fabrics in the rinsing step, comprising an effective amount of polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, fabric softening active agents, perfume and mixtures thereof. Other aqueous or liquid preferred fabric care compositions, preferably powdered or granulated, for use in the wash cycle comprise an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, and optionally oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, surfactant, builders, perfume and mixtures thereof.

Also preferred are fabric care compositions for the treatment of fabrics in the drying step, comprising an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, fabric softening active, perfume and mixtures thereof. The fabric care composition added to the dryer is preferably provided as part of an article of manufacture in combination with an assortment means such as a flexible substrate or a sprayer that effectively releases the fabric care composition in an automatic clothes dryer of stirring. The polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure can provide at least certain fabric care benefits to all types of fabrics, including fabrics made of natural fibers, synthetic fibers and mixtures thereof.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to compositions for care of fabrics aqueous, solid or stable, preferably translucent, very preferably clear, methods for the care of fabrics and articles of manufacture using such compositions for care of fabrics. It also relates to the use of polysaccharide for fabric care in a fabric care composition to provide a fabric with at least one of the following fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduction wear of fabrics, resistance to wear of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, restoration of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading on fabrics, reduction of dirtiness of fabrics, fabrics, release of dirt in the fabrics, retention of the form in the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics, said polysaccharides for the care of the fabrics comprises polysaccharides with globular structure and with molecular weight of around 5,000 to approximately 500,000; branched versions of said polysaccharides; derivative versions of said polysaccharides; substituted versions of said polysaccharides; and mixtures thereof. Said polysaccharides are preferably selected from the group consisting of arabinogalactan, pachyman, curdlan, callose, paramylon, scleroglucan, lentinan, lichen, laminarin, szhizophylan, grifolan, sclerotinia, sclerotiorum glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2), pustulan , dextran, pullulan and mixtures thereof, branched versions thereof, substituted versions thereof, derivative versions thereof and mixtures thereof. One class of fabric care polysaccharides thereof are those that have a 1,3-b-linked base structure, such as arabinogalactan, pachyman, curdlan, calosa, paramylon, scleroglucan, lentinan, lichen, laminarin, szhizofilan, grifolan , sclerotinia, sclerotiorum glucan (SSG) Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2), and and mixtures thereof, branched versions thereof, substituted versions thereof, versions derived therefrom and mixtures thereof, most preferably arabinogalactan, their derivative versions, their substituted versions and mixtures thereof, typically from about 0.001% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, and most preferably still about 0.1% to about 2% by weight of the composition. In general, depending on the method of application, the fabric care compositions of the present invention may be in the form of a solid (powder, granules, sticks, tablets), tablets with holes, liquid, paste, gel, spray, bar or foam. A preferred fabric care composition comprises an effective amount of said polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure, and optionally one or more ingredients selected from the group consisting of: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, fiber lubricant, polymer fabric form retention, lithium salt, hydrophilic plasticizer, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, antimicrobial and / or preservative agent, surfactant, active fabric softener, static controlling agent, enzymes, antioxidant, chelating agent, for example, aminocarboxylate chelating agent, heavy metal chelating agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, soil release agent, dye, foam suppressant, insect repellent and / or moth repellent agent, and mixtures thereof same. The composition is typically applied to incomplete fabrics and / or cloth garments for example by immersion, soaking, misting and / or spraying processes., followed by a drying step, including the process comprising a step of treatment and / or spraying and / or application of nebulization to the fabric and / or fabric garment complete with the same fabric care composition either outside or inside. of an automatic clothes dryer followed by, or concurrently with, the drying step in said clothes dryer. The application can be done industrially by large-scale procedures on textiles and / or finished garments and clothing, or in the consumer's home by using commercial product. The fabric care composition of the present invention can also be applied directly on the complete garment by a tiler, preferably a spray mechanism and / or fogging mechanisms. When applying the fabric care composition of the present invention to a complete garment, it is desirable that the spraying and / or nebulization of the complete garment occur in such a way as to avoid excessive amounts of the fabric care composition. garments are released into the open environment. For example, the spraying and / or application of nebulization of the complete garment may occur within a bag or other article suitable to contain the garment. The present invention also relates to compositions for care of concentrated liquid or solid fabrics, which are diluted to form compositions with the concentrations of use, as seen above and / or as given below, for use in the "conditions of use". " Concentrated compositions for use in the laundry process such as "pre-wash treatment compositions, compositions added to the wash and compositions added to the rinse, comprise a higher level of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, typically around 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 25% by weight of the concentrated fabric care composition.Concentrated compositions for use in direct application to fabrics and / or complete garments, such as the spraying process and / or nebulization process and / or immersion / soaking process, comprises a lower level; of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, typically from about 1% to about 40%, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably from about 2% to about 15%, by weight of the composition for concentrated fabric care. Optionally comprised compositions comprise at least one ingredient selected from the group consisting of: perfume, fiber lubricant, shape retention polymer, lithium salt, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, hydrophilic plasticizer, surfactant, antimicrobial active and / or antimicrobial preservative, aminocarboxylate chelating agent, active fabric softener, static controlling agent, enzyme, antioxidant, foam suppressant, dye transfer inhibiting agent, insect repellent agent including moth repellent agent, and / or liquid carrier and mixtures thereof. The concentrated compositions are used to provide a less expensive product per use. When a concentrated product is used, that is, when the polysaccharide for the care of fabrics with globular structure is from about 1% to about 99% by weight of the concentrated composition, it is preferable to dilute the composition before treating the fabric. Preferably, the concentrated fabric care composition is diluted with from about 50% to about 10,000%, most preferably from about 50% to about 8,000%, and most preferably still from about 50% to about 5,000%, by weight of the composition, of water. Depending on the objective fabric care benefit to be provided, the concentrated compositions must also comprise proportionally higher levels of the desired optional ingredients to be diluted to be the use compositions. The present invention also relates to aqueous fabric care compositions incorporated in a spray nozzle and / or fog generator to create an article of manufacture that can facilitate the treatment of articles of fabrics and / or garments of full fabrics and / or surfaces conditioned compositions containing the polysaccharide for care of globular fabric and other optional ingredients at a level that is effective, but not discernible when dried on surfaces. The spraying nozzle comprises manually activated and non-manually activated (operated) spray means and a container containing the fabric care composition. The articles of manufacture preferably are in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least one effective amount of the fabric care composition and / or polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure to the fabric to provide the desired benefit. The present invention also relates to an article of manufacture comprising the compositions for care of previous aqueous fabrics, to be applied directly through an applicator, preferably a spray mechanism and / or nebulization mechanism, most preferably through a misting mechanism on said fabric and / or complete garment in a manner such that excessive amounts of the fabric care / garment composition are prevented from being released to the open environment, preferably in association with instructions for use instructing the consumer to apply for at least an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and / or said composition to a fabric and / or garment completed in this manner. The compositions of the present invention can also be used as an ironing aid. An effective amount of the composition can be sprayed onto the fabric and the fabric can be ironed at the normal temperature at which it is ironed. The fabric can be sprayed with an effective amount of the composition, allowing it to dry and then ironing, or you can spray and iron immediately. The fabric care polysaccharides of the present invention have a molecular weight range that is sufficiently high to be easily damaged by the hot temperature of the ironing process, as is the case of lower molecular weight oligosaccharides and monosaccharides. Also preferred is a liquid, preferably aqueous, or solid, preferably powder, fabric care composition for the treatment of fabrics in the rinse step, comprising an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, typically about 0.05% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 35%, most preferably from about 2% to about 18%, and most preferably still from about 3% to about 10%, by weight of the composition for fabric care. The fabric care composition optionally comprises: auxiliary fabric care oligosaccharide, active fabric softener, perfume, electrolyte, chlorine scavenging agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, phase stabilizer, chemical stabilizer including antioxidant , silicone, antimicrobial actives and / or antimicrobial preservatives, chelating agent including aminocarboxylate chelating agent, dye, enzyme, brightener, soil release agent or mixtures thereof. Said composition is preferably packaged in an article of manufacture in association with instructions to be used to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits can be achieved, and how to best obtain those benefits. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions, which are diluted to form fabric care compositions added to the rinse with use concentrations, as given above, for use in the "conditions of use". "Another aqueous or solid fabric care composition, preferably powder or granulate, preferred for use in the wash cycle, comprises an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, surfactants, detergency builder, perfume, chlorine scrubbing agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixative agent, dispersant, detergent enzyme, heavy metal chelating agent, foam suppressant, fabric softening active, chemical stabilizers including antioxidant, silicone , active antimicrobial and / or preservative, dirt suspending agent, dirt releasing agent, optical brightener, dye and the like or mixtures thereof Other fabric care compositions that are added to the wash may be in the form of tablets, bar , paste, gel, aspersion, spreadable bar, foam and can be contained opt in a bag or attach to a releasable substrate. These compositions that are added to the wash which can be additive washing compositions or detergent compositions are preferably packaged in an article of manufacture in association with instructions to be used in order to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits can be achieved, and how to obtain these benefits. in a better way Also preferred are fabric care compositions for the treatment of fabrics in the drying step, comprising an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, fabric softening actives, distribution agent, perfume, fiber lubricants, fabric shape retention polymers, lithium salts, phase sterilizers, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibitors, dye fixative agents, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, heavy metal chelating agents, aminocarboxylate chelating agents, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents and mixtures thereof. These fabric care compositions can take a variety of physical forms including liquids, foams, gels and solids such as particularly solid forms. However, in the preferred substrate product embodiment, the fabric care composition added to the dryer of the present invention is provided as part of an article of manufacture in combination with assortment means such as a flexible substrate that effectively releases the composition for fabric care in an automatic clothes dryer. Said means of assortment can be designed for individual use or for multiple uses. Preferably, the composition is applied on a sheet substrate to form a sheet product of the dryer. The substrates in such products are typically substrates of non-woven fabrics, paper, foams, etc. Typical and preferred assortment means are described in the US patent. No. 5,102,564, issued April 7, 1992 to Gardlik et al., Incorporated herein by reference. Since the characteristics of the polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure and other optional ingredients that provide the various fabric care benefits may be different and may interfere, it may be desirable to provide some fabric care compositions as one or more separate compositions. , for example, as separate areas on a substrate, as described below. Said composition is preferably packaged with or without stocking means in an article of manufacture in association with instructions to be used to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits can be achieved. Other preferred assortment means is a sprinkler that delivers the liquid fabric care composition at the beginning and / or during the wash cycle. The present invention also relates to fabric care compositions for immersion and / or soaking prewash treatment containing an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, surfactants, detergency, perfume, chlorine scrubbing agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixative agent, dispersant, detergent enzyme, heavy metal chelating agent, foam suppressant, fabric softening active, chemical stabilizers including antioxidant, silicone, active antimicrobial and / or preservative, dirt suspending agent, soil release agent, optical brightener, colorant and the like or mixtures thereof. Said composition is preferably packaged in association with instructions to be used in a manner that ensures that the consumer knows what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits in the best way. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions, which are diluted to form fabric care compositions prewashed at the use concentrations, for use in the "conditions of use." The present invention also relates to methods for care of fabrics and articles of manufacture using said compositions for fabric care In this way, the present invention relates to the compositions incorporated in a spray nozzle to create an article of manufacture that can facilitate the treatment of surfaces of fabrics with said fabric care compositions containing a polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and other optional ingredients at a level which is effective however not discernible when dried on the surfaces.The spray nozzle comprises manually activated and energized spray means non-manual form and a container containing the composition for fabric care. Alternatively, the article of manufacture may comprise a fabric care composition and an assortment means for distributing said composition on the fabrics in an automatic clothes dryer. Preferably, the assortment means is a flexible substrate, for example, in sheet configuration with the fabric care composition releasably fixed on the substrate. For addition methods during washing and addition during rinsing, the article of manufacture may simply comprise a liquid or solid granular fabric care composition and a suitable container. Preferably the articles of manufacture are in association with instructions for how to use the composition to treat fabrics correctly, to obtain the results for care of desirable fabrics, i.e., removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, resistance to wrinkles, reinforcement of fibers / antiwear, reduction of fabric wear, prevention and / or reduction of shrinkage of fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of lint formation in fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of shrinkage, maintenance of color of fabrics, restoration of the color of the fabrics, reduction of color fading of the fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of soiling, release of dirt and / or retention of form and mixtures thereof. Including, for example, the manner and / or amount of composition to be used, and the preferred forms of stretching and / or softening of the fabrics. It is important that the instructions are as simple and clear as possible so that the use of images and / or icons is desirable.

I. COMPOSITION Fabric care polysaccharides The fabric care polysaccharides suitable for use in the fabric care composition of the present invention are those having a globular conformation in dilute aqueous solution, through a random winding structure. Said polysaccharides include homo and / or heteropolysaccharides with simple helical structure with or without branching, for example, with a 1-4-a-linked base structure (for example, 1,4-a-glucan, 1,4-a-xylan ) with or without branching, base structure 1, 3-β-linked with or without branching (eg, galactan) and all base structures 1, 6-linked with or without branching (eg, dextran, pullulan, pustulan) ), and with a weight average molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 500,000, preferably from about 8,000 to about 250,000, most preferably from about 10,000 to about 150,000, typically with sizes ranging from about 2 nm to about 300 nm, preferably from about 3 nm to about 100 nm, most preferably from about 4 nm to about 30 nm. Size is defined as the length of rotation occupied by the molecule in dilute aqueous solutions. The fabric care polysaccharide is preferably selected from the group consisting of arabinogalactan, pachiman, curdlan, collosa, paramilon, scleroglucan, lentinan, lichen, laminarin, szhizofilan, grifolan, sclerotinia, sclerotiorum glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL- 2), pustulan, dextran, swarm, substituted versions of the same, versions derived from them and mixtures thereof. Most preferably, the fabric care polysaccharide is selected from the group consisting of arabinogalactan, dextran curdlan, substituted versions thereof, derivative versions thereof and mixtures thereof, and most preferably still, the fabric care polysaccharide comprises arabinogalactan. , replaced versions thereof, derivative versions thereof and mixtures thereof. Substituted and / or derivative materials of the polysaccharides for fabric care listed above are also preferred in the present invention. Non-limiting examples of those materials include: carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substitutions (eg, some uronic acid instead of neutral sugar units); amino polysaccharides (amine substitution); amino polysaccharides (amine substitution); cationic quaternized polysaccharides; alkylated polysaccharides of C ^ -C-is; acetylated polysaccharide ethers; polysaccharides that have bound amino acid residues (small fragments of glycoprotein); polysaccharides containing silicone portions and the like. Some hydrophobic derivatives of polysaccharides help polysaccharides maintain globular conformation. A preferred class of fabric care polysaccharides suitable for use in the present invention include those having the base structure comprising at least some, but preferably almost completely, 1,3-β-glycosidic, preferably branched, links, preferably with side chains joined with bonds 1, 6 or derivatives for better water solubility and / or maintain the globular structure. Branched polysaccharides with 1, 6 bonds with a 1,3-b-linked base structure have greater water solubility and / or dispersibility in water than unbranched polysaccharides, whereby branched polysaccharides can be used at molecular weight ranges superiors Inserting other types of bonds, such as some 1, 4-ß bonds in the 1, 3-ß-linked base structure also provide the solubility of the polysaccharides. Non-limiting examples of polysaccharides for care of useful fabrics with a 1,3-b-linked base structure include arabinogalactan, pachiman, curdlan, calosa, paramilon, scleroglucan, lentinan, lichen, laminarin, szhizofilan, grifolan, sclerotinia, sclerotiorum glucan (SSG), Ompharia lapidescence glucan (OL-2) and mixtures thereof. Low molecular weight materials are preferred for polysaccharides with less branching or no branching, such as curdlan while higher molecular weight materials for highly branched polysaccharides, such as arabinogalactan, can be used. Higher molecular weight polysaccharides with 1,3-β and 1,4-ß bonds such as lichenne can also be used. A preferred branched fabric care polysaccharide with linked 1,3-b-linked structure is arabinogalactan (also named galactoarabinan or epsilon-galactan). Arabinogalactans are polysaccharides of high molecular weight, long, densely branched. The arabinogalactan which is useful in the composition of the present invention has a molecular weight range of from about 5,000 to about 500,000, preferably from about 6,000 to about 250,000, most preferably from about 10,000 to about 150,000. These polysaccharides are highly branched, consist of a galactan base structure with side chains of galactose and arabinose units (consisting of β-galactopyranose, β-arabinofuranose, and β-arabinopyranose). The main source of arabinogalactan is the larch tree. The genus Larix (larches) is common throughout the world. Two major sources of larch trees are western larch (Larix occidentalis) in western North America and Mongolian larch (Larix dahurica). Examples of other larches are Eastern larch (Larix laricina) in eastern North America, European larch (Larix dicidua), Japanese larch (Larix leptolepis) and Siberian larch (Larix siberica). The most commercial arabinogalactan is produced from the western larch, through a countercurrent extraction procedure. The arabinogalactan of larch is soluble in water and is composed of units of arabinose and galactose in approximately a ratio of 1: 6, with a trace of uric acid. Analysis of glycosyl linkage of arabinogalactan larch is consistent with a highly branched structure comprising a base structure of 1,3-β-linked galactopyranose connected by 1, 3-β-glycosidic bonds, composed of residues 3,4,6- , 3,6-, and 3,4- as well as 3-linked. The molecular weights of the preferred fractions of larchin arabinogalactan include a fraction on the scale of about 14,000 to about 22,000, mainly about 16,000 to about 21,000, and the other on the scale of about 60,000 to about 500,000, mainly around 80,000 to about 120,000. The fraction having the average molecular weight of about 16,000 to about 20,000 is highly preferred for use in direct applications to fabrics, such as spray products. The high molecular weight fraction (of about 100,000), as well as the low molecular weight fraction are suitable for use in processes involving subsequent water treatments, such as pre-smoking laundry procedures and products, addition of washing and / or addition during rinsing. The high-grade larch arabinogalactan is "composed of more than about 98% arabinogalactan." The arabinogalactan of larch and some of its derivatives, such as cationic derivatives, are commercially available from Larex, Inc., St. Paul, Minnesota. They are also present as minor water-soluble components of softwoods such as hemlock, black spruce, Paraná pine, mugo pine, Douglas fir, incense cedar, juniper and sugar maple sage.Many edible and inedible plants are also rich sources of arabinogalactans, mainly in the form of glycoprotein, bound to a protein column of either threonine, proline or serine ("arabinogalactan-protein") .These plants include leek seeds, carrots, radish, black beans, pear, corn, wheat, red wine, Italian rye, tomatoes, ambrosia, sorghum, bamboo grass and meat and coconut milk. Many herbs with well-established immunogenerative properties, such as Echinacea. Purpurea, Baptisia tintoria, Thuja occidentalis, Angelica acutiloba and Curcuma longa contain significant amounts of arabinogalactans. Small amounts of arabinogalactans can also occur in other plants such as green coffee bean (sugar ratio of about 2: 5), centrosema seeds (sugar ratio of about 1: 13) and durigno flour (sugar ratio) of approximately 7: 3). Approximately 70% of the water soluble soy flour is an arabinogalactan with a sugar ratio of about 1: 2. Examples of other polysaccharides for fabric care having a 1,3-b bond as part of the base structure include: 1,3-xylan (from, for example, Pencillus dumetosus), curdlen, a 1,3-b- glucan (from, for example, Alcaligenes faecalis), paramilon B, a 1,3-β-glucan (from, for example, Euglena gracilis), lichenine, a (1,3), (1,4) -β-glucan (from several sources including Cetraria islándica), scleroglucan, a (1, 3), (1, 6) - ß-glucan (from, for example, Sclerotium rolfii), and lentinen, a (1, 3), (1, 6) - ß-glucan (from, for example, Lentinus edodes). More details about these and other polysaccharides with a 1, 3-ß-linked base structure are given in "Chemistry and Biology of (1-3) - ß-Glucans", BA Stone and AE Clarke, La Trabe University Press, Victoria , Australia, 1992, pp. 68-71, and 82-83, incorporated herein by reference. Substituted materials and / or derivatives of arabinogalactans are also preferred in the present invention. Non-limiting examples of these materials include: carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substitutions (eg, some uric acid instead of neutral sugar units); amino polysaccharides (amine substitution); amino polysaccharides (amine substitution); cationic quaternized polysaccharides; alkylated polysaccharides of C-I -C-J S; acetylated polysaccharide ethers; polysaccharides that have bound amino acid residues (small fragments of glycoprotein); polysaccharides that contain portions of silicone. These substituted polysaccharides and / or derivatives can provide additional benefits, such as: the amine substitution can bind and / or condense with oxidatively damaged regions of the fiber to rejuvenate aged fabrics; acetylated sugar ethers can serve as activators of bleach in subsequent processes wherein hydrogen peroxide is present; polysaccharides having amino acid residues can improve the assortment of fabric care benefits for fabrics containing proteinaceous fibers, for example, wool and silk; and silicone-derived polysaccharides can provide additional softness and lubrication of fabrics. Examples of arabinogalactane derivatives include in drivate of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride, available from Larex, Inc. and arabinogalactan-proteins mentioned above. The 1, 3-β-linked base structure of the fabric care polysaccharides of the present invention (as in 1,3-β-galactans, 1,3-β-D-mannans, 1,3-β-D) -xylans and 1,3-β-D-glucans) has a pseudo helical conformation. As such, these polysaccharides have a base structure chain that is flexible and in aqueous solution, has a tendency to wind up in a globular structure to substantially reduce its apparent dimension (turnover), as opposed to the base structure chain of 1, 4-ß-glucan that has an extended dimension. Polysaccharides with 1, 3-β-linked base structure and extensive branching through 1, 6, or polysaccharide bonds with helical conformation or polysaccharides with 1, 6-linked base structure have added flexibility due to the nature of " winding "of links 1, 6. In water, those polysaccharides with structure of base 1, 3-β-linked and branching 1, 6, for example arabinogalactans, have a globular conformation with high flexibility to coil into compact, flexible and deformable microscopic particles. For example, an arabinogaloctane having a nominal molecular weight of about 18,000 has a size (spin length) of only 5 nm to about 10 nm in dilute aqueous solution. This structural feature of the globular polysaccharides with helical conformation and random winding nature improves the physical properties such as water solubility, low viscosity and emulsification. It is believed that the compact, flexible, globular structural property and low viscosity of the polysaccharides for fabric care with the 1, 3-β-linked base structure of the present invention, such as arabinogalactans, is important in providing the benefits for care of fabrics, either through efficient deposition of the polysaccharide lobes on the rough surface of the fabric or through proper adjustment / filling of these globules in the openings and / or defective spaces on the fiber surface of the fabrics, in where they can be oriented to conform the space available. Furthermore, it is believed that at low levels, these low molecular weight polysaccharide globules (from about 10,000 to about 150,000) of the present invention can very effectively bond fibers and / or microfibrils to each other by "dot junction". In this way, polysaccharide globules for fabric care can provide many desired benefits such as: fabric strength, wear resistance of the fabric and / or reduction of fabric wear, removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, prevention and / or reduction of the formation of lint on the fabrics, maintenance of the color of the fabrics and / or reduction of fading of the color of the fabrics, restoration of the color, reduction of the fabrics' suitability, retention of the shape of the fabrics, reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics, and / or improvement of the feeling / softness of the fabrics, reduction of the scratch, for different types of fabrics such as cellulose (cotton, rayon, etc.), wool, silk and the like. Polysaccharides with helical conformation, but not within the range of molecular weight specified above have different physical properties such as low solubility and gelation characteristics (eg, starch, a high molecular weight 1,4-a-D-glucan). The polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure of the present invention can provide at least certain fabric care benefits to all types of fabrics, including fabrics made from natural fibers, synthetic fibers and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of types of fabrics that can be treated with the fabric care compositions of the present invention, to obtain fabric care benefits include fabrics made from (1) cellulosic fibers such as cotton, rayon, linen, Tencel, (2) proteinaceous fibers such as silk, wool and related mammalian fibers, (3) synthetic fibers such as polyester, acrylic, nylon and the like, (4) long vegetable fibers of jute, flax, ramin, coconut bark fiber, capoca, sisal, henequen, abaca hemp and bengal hemp and (5) mixtures thereof. Other non-animated substrates and / or surfaces made with natural fibers and / or synthetic fibers, and / or materials, such as non-woven fibers, pads, folders, paper, disposable products, films, foams, can also be treated with polysaccharides for care of fabrics with base structure 1, 3-ß-linked to improve their properties. For specific applications, the composition may contain from about 0.001% to about 20% polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 5% in weight of the composition of use. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions, which compositions are diluted with the concentrations of use, to be used in the "conditions of use". Concentrated compositions comprise a higher fabric care polysaccharide level, typically from about 1 to about 99%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 40% by weight of the composition for concentrated fabric care. Depending on the objective fabric care benefit to be provided, the concentrated compositions must also comprise proportionally higher levels of the desired optional ingredients. The typical composition to be supplied from a sprinkler contains a level of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure from about 0.01% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 2%, most preferably around 0.1 % to about 1% by weight of the composition of use. Typical use compositions for an immersion and / or soaking treatment followed by a drying step contain a level of polysaccharide for fabric care of about 0.001% to "about 2%, preferably about 0.05% to about 1% , most preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.5% by weight of the use composition It is also common and practical to provide a more concentrated composition typically containing from about 0.5% to about 40%, preferably about 1% by weight. about 25%, most preferably from about 2% to about 15% by weight of the concentrated, polysaccharide composition for fabric care with globular structure, to be diluted during use to obtain the desired dipping or soaking composition. of the benefit for care of objective fabrics that will be provided, the concentrated compositions must also comprise proportionally higher levels of the desired optional ingredients. A concentrated composition can also be used, and is provided, for example, as a filler, to prepare a use composition for the spray product. Addition compositions during washing, including liquid and granular detergent compositions and washing additive compositions typically contain a level of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure of from about 0.2% to about 30%, preferably from about 1% to about 20%, most preferably from about 2% to about 10%, by weight of the compositions added during the wash. - The compositions added during the typical rinsing, including liquid fabric conditioning compositions and other compositions added during rinsing, contain a level of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure of about 0.3% to about 40%, preferably about 1 % to about 25%, most preferably from about 2% to about 15% by weight of the compositions added during rinsing. Typical compositions for use in a dip and / or soak prewash treatment and / or to be used as an additive for the wash cycle contain a level of polysaccharide for the care of fabrics with a globular structure of about 0.05% to about 40%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 20%, most preferably from about 0.5% to about 10% by weight of the use composition. The concentrated compositions comprise a higher level of polysaccharide for fabric care, typically from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 40% by weight of the composition for concentrated fabric care. Depending on the objective fabric care benefit to be provided, the concentrated compositions must also comprise proportionally higher levels of the desired optional ingredients.

The compositions added to the dryer typically contain a level of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure of about 0.01% to about 40% by weight of the compositions added to the dryer.

Oliqosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics An optional but preferred auxiliary fabric care agent in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides, especially mixtures of oligosaccharides, especially isomaltooligosaccharides (IMO) (including mixtures), the individual components of said mixtures , replaced versions thereof, versions derived therefrom and mixtures thereof. Oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics help to provide certain benefits to fabrics, such as wrinkle removal and / or wrinkle reduction, lint antiforming, antiwear, maintenance of fabric color and general appearance benefits, especially for fibers / cellulose fabrics, such as cotton, rayon, ramin, flax, polynomial fibers, Lyocell (Tencel ^), polyester / cotton blends, other cotton blends and the like, especially cotton, rayon, linen, polyester / cotton blends and blends from the same. Oligosaccharide for care of auxiliary fabrics which are useful in the present invention include oligosaccharides with a degree of polymerization (GP) of from about 1 to about 15, preferably from about 2 to about 10 and wherein each monomer is selected from the group that consists of reducing saccharide containing 5 and / or 6 carbon atoms, including isomaltose, isomaltotriose, isomaltotetraose, isomaltooligosaccharide, fructooligosaccharide, levooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharide, xylooligosaccharide, gentiooligosaccharides, disaccharides, glucose, fructose, galactose, xylose, mannose, arabinose, rhamnose, maltose, sucrose, lactose, maltulose, ribose, lyxose, allose, altrose, gulose, iodine, talose, trehalose, nigerose, kojibiosa, lactulose, oligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides, pentasaccharides, hexasaccharides, oligosaccharides of partial hydrolysates of polysaccharide sources natural and similar and mixtures of the s, preferably mixtures of isomaltooligosaccharides, especially mixtures including isomaltooligosaccharides comprising from about 3 to about 7 glucose units, respectively, which are linked via 1, 2-, 1, 3-a, 1, 4-a bonds 1, 6-a and mixtures of those links. Oligosaccharides containing β-bonds are also preferred. Preferred oligosaccharides are acrylics and have at least one bond that is not an α-1,4-glycosidic bond. A preferred oligosaccharide is a mixture containing IMO: from 0 to about 20% by weight glucose, from about 10 to about 65% isomaltose, from about 1% to about 45% each of somaltotriose, isomaltetraose and isomaltopentaose, from 0 to about 3% each of isomaltohexaose, isomaltoheptaose, isomaltoctase and isomaltononase, from about 0.2% to about 15% each of isomaltohexaose and isomaltoheptaose, and from 0 to about 50% by weight of said mixture being isomaltooligosaccharide of 2 to 7 glucose units and from 0 to about 10% by weight of said mixture with isomaltooligosaccharides being from about 7 to about 10 glucose units. Other non-limiting examples of preferred acrylic oligosaccharides with approximate weight percent content are: Mix I of isomaltooligosaccharide Trisaccharides (maltotriose, panose, isomaltotriose) 40-65% Disaccharides (maltose, isomaltose) 5-15% Monosaccharide (glucose) 0- 20% Superior branched sugars (4 <DP <10) 10-30% Isomaltooligosaccharide mixture II Trisaccharides (maltotriose, panose, isomaltotriose) 10-25% Disaccharides (maltose, isomaltose) 10-55% Monosaccharide (glucose) 10- 20% Higher branched sugars (4 <DP <10) 5-10% Mix of isomaltooligosaccharide islamidooligosaccharide Tetrasaccharides (stachiosa) 10-40% Trisaccharides (raffinose) 0-10% Disaccharides (sucrose, trehalose) 10-50% Monosaccharides ( glucose, fructose) 0-10% Other higher branched sugars (4 <; DP < 10) 0-5% Mixtures of oligosaccharides are prepared by enzymatic reactions or separated as natural products from plant materials. The enzymatic synthesis of oligosaccharides involves either the addition of monosaccharides, one at a time, to a disaccharide or higher saccharide to produce branched oligosaccharides, or it can involve the degradation of polysaccharides followed by the transfer of saccharides to branching positions. For example, mixtures I and II of oligosaccharides are prepared by enzymatic hydrolysis of starch to maltooligosaccharides which are subsequently converted to isomaltooligosaccharides by a transglucosidase reaction. The lll mixture of oligosaccharides, for example, is a mixture of oligosaccharides isolated from soy. The soy oligosaccharides such as the mixture III are of pure natural origin. Cyclic oligosaccharides may also be useful in the fabric care composition of the present invention. Preferred cyclic oligosaccharides include α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, O-cyclodextrin, their branched derivatives such as glucosyl-α-cyclodextrin, diglucosyl-α-cyclodextrin, maltosyl-α-cyclodextrin, glucosyl-β-cyclodextrin, diglucosyl-β- cyclodextrin and mixtures thereof. Cyclodextrins also provide an optional but very important benefit of odor control and are described more fully below. The substed materials and / or derivatives of the oligosaccharides listed above are also preferred in the present invention. Non-limiting examples of those materials include: carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substions (eg, glucuronic acid instead of glucose); aminooligosaccharides (amine substion, eg, glucosamine in place of glucose); cationic quaternized oligosaccharides; alkylated oligosaccharides of C-i-Cß; acetylated oligosaccharide ethers; oligosaccharides having bound amino acid residues (small fragments of glycoprotein); oligosaccharides that contain silicone portions. These substed oligosaccharides and / or derivatives can provide additional benefits, such as: carboxyl and hydroxymethyl substions can introduce easily oxidizable materials on and into the fiber, thereby reducing the likelihood that the fiber itself will be oxidized by oxidants such as whiteners; the amine substion can bind and / or condense with oxidatively damaged regions of the fiber to rejuvenate aged fibers; Acetylated sugar ethers can serve as bleach activators in subsequent processes wherein hydrogen peroxide is present; oligosaccharides having amino acid residues can improve the assortment of fabric care benefits for fabrics containing proteinaceous fibers, for example, wool and silk; silicone-derived oligosaccharides can provide additional softening and lubrication to fabrics. The C 1 alkyloligosaccharide is described (together with other higher alkyl polysaccharides, for example, C 6 -C 30) in the U.S. patent. 4,565,647, issued January 21, 1986 to Llenado, to be used as a foaming agent in foaming compositions such as laundry detergents, personal and hair cleaning compositions and fire fighting compositions. The CQ alkyloligosaccharide is a deficient surfactant and is not preferred for use as a surfactant in the detergent compositions of the present invention, but it can preferably be used to provide fabric care benefits that are not known, appreciated and / or described. in the US patent No. 4,565,647. The patent of E.U.A. No. 4,488,981, issued December 18, 1984 describes the use of some C- | -C6 alkylated oligosaccharides (lower alkyl glucosides) in aqueous liquid detergents to dilute their viscosity and to avoid phase separation. The C- | -C6 alkylated oligosaccharides are not preferred for use as viscosity and phase modifiers in the liquid detergent compositions of the present invention, but can be used to provide fabric care benefits that are not known, appreciated and / or described in the US patent. No. 4,488,981. These patents are incorporated herein by reference. It is believed that the fabric care oligosaccharide is adsorbed and bound with cellulosic fabrics to improve the properties of the fabrics. It is believed that the fabric care oligosaccharide binds to the cellulosic fibers, diffuses into the defective sites and fills them (amorphous region) of the fiber, to provide the benefits of wrinkle removal, increased strength and improved appearance. The degree of the non-crystalline amorphous region varies with the types of cellulosic fiber, for example, the relative crystallinity of cotton is about 70% and for regenerated cellulose such as rayon is about 30%, as reported by PH Hermans and A. Weidinger, "X-ray studies on the crystallinity of cellulose" in Journal of Polymer Science, Vol. IV, p 135-144, 1949. It is believed that amorphous regions are accessible for chemical and physical modifications, and in the pressing treatment Durable, amorphous regions are filled with molecules that can crosslink cellulose polymers via covalent bonds, to provide wrinkle-free benefits (compare SP Rawland, in "Modified Cellulosics," RM Rowell and RA Young, Eds., Academic Press, New York , 1978, pp. 147-167, cited by GC Tesoro, in 'Crossiinking of cellulosics', Handbook of Fiber Science and Technology, Vol. II, page 6, edited by M. Lewin and SB Sello, published by Marcel Dekker, 1983. These publications are incorporated herein by reference. For specific applications, the composition may contain from about 0.001% to about 20% of the optional but preferred oligosaccharide, preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of the composition of use. The present invention also relates to concentrated liquid or solid compositions which are diluted to form compositions with the use concentrations, for use in the "conditions of use". The concentrated compositions comprise a higher level of the optional fabric care oligosaccharide, typically from about 1% to about 50%, preferably from about 2% to about 40%, most preferably from about 3% to about 20%, in Weight of the composition for concentrated fabric care. The typical composition to be supplied from a sprinkler contains an optional fabric care oligosaccharide level of from about 0.01% to about 3%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 2%, most preferably about 0.1% a about 1% by weight of the composition of use. Typical use compositions for a direct immersion and / or soaking followed by a drying step of the fabrics contain an optional fabric care oligosaccharide level of about 0.001% to about 2%, preferably about 0.05% to about 1%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.5% by weight of the use composition. It is also common and more practical to provide a more concentrated composition typically containing from about 1% to about 40%, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably from about 2% to about 15% by weight of the Concentrated composition of the optional fabric care oligosaccharide, to be diluted during use in order to obtain the desired dipping or soaking compositions during use. A concentrated composition can also be used and provided, for example, as a filler, to prepare compositions for use in the spray product. Addition compositions during washing, including liquid and granular detergent compositions and additive compositions for washing typically contain an optional fabric care oligosaccharide level of from about 0.02% to about 30%, preferably from about 1% to about 20%, most preferably from about 2% to about 12% by weight of the compositions added during the washing. Typical rinse-off compositions include liquid fabric conditioning compositions and rinse additives, containing an optional fabric care oligosaccharide level of from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 35%. %, most preferably from about 2% to about 18% and most preferably still from about 2% to about 10% by weight of the compositions added during rinsing. Compositions added to the dryer typically contain an optional fabric care oligosaccharide level of from about 0.01% to about 40%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 20%, most preferably from about 1% to about 10% by weight. weight of the compositions added to the dryer. Compositions added to the aqueous dryer that are applied directly to the fabric, for example, through a spray mechanism, contain lower levels of polysaccharide for fabric care, typically from about 0.01% to about 25%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 5%, most preferably still from about 0.3% to about 3% by weight of the compositions. Both the polysaccharides for fabric care and the oligosaccharides for the care of optional fabrics have a compact structure but have different sizes. Smaller oligosaccharides are thought to be able to diffuse and penetrate small defective sites, such as the amorphous region of cotton fibers, while larger polysaccharides can fill larger openings and / or larger defective sites on the fiber surface of the fabrics. Therefore, depending on the benefit objective for fabric care, the oligosaccharides for fabric care can be used alone or in admixture with the oligosaccharides for optional fabric care. When the oligosaccharides are present for optional fabric care, the weight ratio between said oligosaccharides and the fabric care polysaccharides is typically from about 1: 99 to about 99: 1, preferably from about 15:85 to about 85: 15, and most preferably from about 30:70 to about 70:30. Non-limiting examples of other optional ingredients are given below.

Other optional ingredients The fabric care compositions of the present invention may contain other optional ingredients either to improve the performance of the polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, for example, in the areas of wrinkle control, antiwear, dirt release and the like, or to provide additional benefits such as odor control, antimicrobial and the like. Non-limiting examples of optional ingredients are given below.

Fiber Lubricants The fabric care compositions of the present invention may comprise optional fiber lubricants for imparting a lubricating property, or increased slip ability, to fibers in fabrics, particularly clothing. Without being limited to theory, it is believed that fiber lubricants facilitate the movement of fibers with respect to one another (slipping) to free the fibers from the wrinkle condition in wet or damp fabrics. After the fabric is dried, the fiber lubricant, especially silicone, can provide lubricity to reduce the tendency of the fabric to wrinkle again. (to). Silicone The present invention can use silicon, a preferred fiber lubricant, to impart increased lubrication property or slip ability to fibers in fabrics, particularly clothing. Non-limiting examples of silicones useful in the composition of the present invention include non-curable silicones such as polydimethylsilicon, and curable silicones such as aminosilicones, phenylsilicon and hydroxysilicon. The term "silicone", as used herein, preferably refers to emulsified silicones, including those that are commercially available and those that are emulsified in the composition, unless otherwise described. Preferably, the silicones are hydrophobic; they are either irritant, toxic, not otherwise harmful when applied to fabrics or when they come into contact with human skin; are chemically stable under normal conditions of use and storage; and may be able to deposit on the fabric. When the composition of this invention is to be dispensed from a spray jet in a consumer home installation, non-curable silicones such as polydimethylsiloxane, especially volatile silicones, are preferred. Curable silicones and / or reagents such as aminofunctional silicones and silicones with reactive groups such as Si-OH, Si-H, silanes and the like, are less preferred in this situation, due to the portion of the composition that is stocked but does not contact with the garment and falls instead on the surface of the floor such as carpets, rugs, concrete floor, tile floor, linoleum floor, bathroom tub floor, can leave a layer of silicone that is hardened and / or agglutinated to the floor surface. Such silicones that are bonded to the surface are difficult to remove from floor surfaces. Floor surfaces can become slippery and can safely damage household members. Hardened and reactive silicones may be used in compositions specifically designated for use in articles such as a flexible bag, and in others, a non-spraying fabric treatment process, such as immersion, soaking, washing procedures, inside the rinse and inside the dryer. Many types of aminofunctional silicones also cause yellowing of fabrics. Therefore, silicones that cause color change to fabrics are also not preferred.

The preferred silicone is a volatile silicone fluid which can be cyclic silicone fluid of the formula [(CH3) 2SiO] n wherein the n varies from about 3 to about 7, preferably 5 (D5), or a polymer fluid of linear silicone having the formula (CH3) 3SiO [(CH3) 2SiO] m Si (CH3) 3 wherein m can be 0 or greater and has an average value such that the viscosity at 25 ° C of the silicone fluid is preferably about 5 centistokes or less. The non-volatile silicones which are useful and preferred in the composition of the present invention are polyalkyl and / or phenylsilicon silicone rubbers and gums having the following structure: A-Si (R2) -0- [Si (R2) -0- ] qS (R2) -A Alkyl groups substituted on the siloxane chain (R) or on the ends of the siloxane chains (A) can have any structure, as long as the resulting silicones continue to be fluid at room temperature. Each R group may preferably be alkyl, aryl, hydroxy or hydroxyalkyl group, and mixtures thereof, more preferably, each R is methyl, ethyl, propyl or phenyl group, most preferably R is methyl. Each group A which blocks the ends of the silicone chain can be hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy, propoxy and aryloxy, preferably methyl. Suitable groups A include hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy and propoxy. q is preferably an integer of about 7 to about 8,000. The preferred silicones are polydimethylsiloxanes; the most preferred silicones are polydimethylsiloxanes having a viscosity of about 50 to about 5,000 centistokes at 25 ° C. Mixtures of volatile silicones and non-volatile polydimethylsiloxanes are also preferred. Suitable examples include the silicones offered by Dow Corning Corporation and General Electric Company. Other silicone materials useful, but less preferred than polydimethylsiloxanes, include materials of the formula: HO- [Si (CH3) 2-0]? -. { Si (OH) [(CH2) 3-NH- (CH2) 2-NH2] 0} ^ H where x and y are integers depending on the molecular weight of the silicone, preferably having a viscosity of from about 10,000 cst to about 500,000 cst at 25 ° C. This material is also known as "amodimethicone". Although silicones with a high number, for example, greater than about 0.5 molar equivalent of amine groups can be used, they are not preferred because they can cause yellowing of the fabrics. Similarly, the silicone materials that can be used correspond to the formulas: (R1) aG3-aSi (-OSiG2) n- (OSiGb (R) 2-b) m-0-SiG3.a (Rl) fl wherein G is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl, OH and / or C ^ -CQ alkyl; a denotes 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; b denotes 0 or 1; the sum of n + m is a number from 1 to approximately 2,000; R ^ is a monovalent radical of the formula CpH2p in which p is an integer from 2 to 8 and L is selected from the group consisting of: -N (R2) CH2-CH2-N (R2) 2; -N (R2) 2; -N + (R2) 3 A-; and wherein each R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, phenyl, benzyl, saturated hydrocarbon radical, and each A "denotes a compatible anion, for example, a halide ion, and R 3 -N + (CH 3) 2-Z-- [Si (CH3) 2?] F-Si (CH3) 2-Z-N + (CH3) 2 -R3-2CH3COO "wherein Z = -CH2 ~ CH (OH) ~ CH2? ~ CH2) 3 -R3 denotes a long chain alkyl group; and f denotes an integer of at least approximately 2. In the formulas given here, each definition is applied individually and averages are included. Another silicone material that can be used, but is less preferred than polydimethylsiloxanes, has the formula: (CH 3) 3 Si- [0-Si (CH 3) 2] n-. { OSi (CH3) [(CH2) 3-NH- (CH2) 2-NH2]} m- OSi (CH3) 3 where n + m are the same as before. The preferred silicones of this type are those that do not cause discoloration of the fabrics. Alternatively, the silicone material may be provided as a portion or a part of an oligosaccharide molecule. These materials provide a lubricity benefit in addition to the benefits for expected fabric care. Other examples of dual function silicone materials useful in the present invention are auxiliary form retention copolymers having siloxane macromers grafted therein. The non-silicone base structure of such polymers should have a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, and the polymer should have a glass transition temperature (Tv), for example, the temperature at which the polymer changes from a brittle vitreous state to a plastic state, of more than about -20 ° C. The shape-retaining silicone-containing polymers of the fabrics useful in the present invention are described in more detail below in conjunction with other auxiliary form-retaining polymers. When silicone is present, it is present in at least one effective amount to provide lubrication of the fibers, typically from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, most preferably from about 0.3. % to about 2% by weight of the composition of use. Silicone is also an optional ingredient useful in fabric care compositions added during rinsing of the present invention. The silicone can be either a polydimethylsiloxane (polydimethylsiloxane PDMS), or a derivative thereof, for example, aminosilicones, ethoxylated silicones, etc. The PDMS is preferably one with a low molecular weight, for example, one having a viscosity of from about 2 to about 5000 cSt, preferably from about 5 to about 500 cSt, most preferably from about 25 to about 200 cSt. The silicone emulsions can be conveniently used to prepare the compositions of the present invention. However, in compositions containing fabric softening actives, the silicone is preferably one that is, at least initially, non-emulsified. That is, the silicone must be emulsified in the composition itself. In the process of preparing the compositions, the silicone is preferably added to the "water seat", which comprises the water and optionally any other ingredient that normally remains in the aqueous phase. The low molecular weight PDMS is preferred for use for use in the fabric softening composition of this invention. The low molecular weight PDMS is easier to formulate without pre-emulsification. Silicone derivatives such as aminofunctional silicones, quaternized silicones and silicone derivatives containing Si-OH, Si-H, and / or Si-CI bonds can also be used. However, these silicone derivatives are usually more substantive to the fabrics and can accumulate on the fabrics after repeated treatments to actually cause a reduction in absorbency of the fabrics. When added to water, fabric softening compositions deposit the active cationic fabric softener on the surface of the fabric to provide fabric softening effects. Nevertheless, in a typical laundry procedure, using an automatic washing machine, the water absorbency of the cotton fabric can be appreciably reduced to smoothing active levels and / or after multiple cycles. Silicone improves the water absorbency of the fabric, especially for freshly treated fabrics, when used with this level of active fabric softener without adversely affecting fabric softening performance. The mechanism by which this improvement in water absorbency occurs is not well understood, since silicones are inherently hydrophobic. It is very surprising that there is an improvement in water absorbency, rather than an additional loss of water absorbency. The PDMS also improves the ease of ironing as well as improving the wettability characteristics of the fabrics. The amount of PDMS needed to provide a significant improvement in water absorbency depends on the initial rewettability yield, which in turn depends on the type of detergent used in the wash. Effective amounts vary from about 2 ppm to about 50 ppm in the rinse water, preferably from about 5 to about 20 ppm. The ratio of PDMS to softening active is from about 2: 100 to about 50: 100, preferably from about 3: 100 to about 35: 100, most preferably from about 4: 100 to about 25: 100. This typically requires from about 0.2% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 10%, most preferably from about 1% to about 5% silicone. (b) Synthetic solid particles The solid polymeric particles of average particle size less than about 10 microns, preferably less than 5 microns, most preferably less than about 1 miera, for example, oxidized polyethylene emulsion Velustrol P-40 available from Clariant, It can be used as a lubricant, as it can provide a "rolling-bearing surface" action. When solid polymeric particles are present, they are present in an amount effective to provide fiber lubrication, typically from about 0.01% to about 3%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 1%, most preferably about 0.1% a about 0.5% by weight of the composition of use.

Auxiliary fabric form retention polymer These polymers can be natural or synthetic and can act to form a film and / or provide adhesive properties. For example, the present invention may optionally use film-forming polymers and / or adhesives to impart film retention to fabrics, particularly clothing. By "adhesive" it is meant that when applied as a solution or dispersion to a fiber surface and dried, the polymer can be fixed to the surface. The polymer can form a film on the surface or when it lies between two fibers and is in contact with the two fibers, it can agglutinate the two fibers together. Other polymers such as starches can form a film and / or bind the fibers together when the treated fabric is pressed by a hot plate. Said film will have a resistance to adhesive, resistance to cohesive breaking and cohesive breaking effort.

Non-limiting examples for natural polymers are starches and their derivatives, and chitins and their derivatives. "The synthetic polymers useful in the present invention are formed of monomers.Some non-limiting examples of monomers that can be used to form the synthetic polymers of the present invention include: monocarboxylic acids and unsaturated organic C-Cß polycarboxylic acids of low molecular weight, such such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid and mixtures thereof, esters of said acids with CrC12 alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol , 2-methyl-1-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1 -pentanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-pentanol, t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, neodecanol, 3-heptanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-octanol, 6-methyl- 1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol, and the like is, and mixtures thereof Non-limiting examples of said esters are methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate, and mixtures thereof; amides and imides of said acids, such as N, N-d-methylacrylamide, N-t-butyl acrylamide, maleimides; low molecular weight unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol (produced by the hydrolysis of vinyl acetate after polymerization), allyl alcohol; esters of said alcohols with low molecular weight carboxylic acids, such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate; ethers of said alcohols such as vinyl methyl ether; aromatic vinyl such as styrene, alpha-methylstyrene, t-butylstyrene, vinyl toluene, polystyrene macromer, and the like; polar, vinyl heterocyclic compounds such as vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl caprolactam, vinyl pyridine, vinyl midazole, and mixtures thereof; other amides and unsaturated amines, such as vinyl amine, diethylenetriamine, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, ethenyl formamide; vinyl sulfonate; salts of the acids and amines mentioned above; unsaturated hydrocarbons of low molecular weight and derivatives such as ethylene, propylene, butadiene, cyclohexadiene, vinyl chloride; vinylidene chloride; and mixtures thereof, and quaternized alkyl derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, said monomers are selected from the group consisting of vinyl alcohol; acrylic acid; methacrylic acid; methyl acrylate; ethyl acrylate; methyl methacrylate; t-butyl acrylate; t-butyl methacrylate; n-butyl acrylate; n-butyl methacrylate; isobutyl methacrylate; 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate; dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate; N, N-dimethyl acrylamide; N, N-dimethyl methacrylamide; N-t-butyl acrylamide; Vinylpyrrolidone; vinyl pyridine; adipic acid; diethylenetriamine; salts thereof and quaternized alkyl derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, said monomers form homopolymers and / or copolymers (ie, the film-forming polymer and / or adhesive) having a glass transition temperature (Tv) of about -20 ° C to about 150 ° C, preferably from about -10 ° C to about 150 ° C, most preferably from about 0 ° C to about 100 ° C, the adhesive polymer thereof, when dried to form a film will have a Tv of about 25 ° C, what are not sticky or "viscous" to the touch. Preferably, said polymer is soluble and / or dispersible in water and / or alcohol, said polymer typically has a molecular weight of about 500, preferably from about 1,000 to about 2,000,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to about 1, 000,000, and even more preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000, for some polymers. Some non-limiting examples of homopolymers and copolymers that can be used as film-forming polymers and / or adhesives of the present invention are adipic acid / dimethylamino-hydroxypropyl diethylenetriamine copolymer; adipic acid / epoxypropyl-diethylenetriamine copolymer; poly (vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate); polyvinyl alcohol; n-polyvinyl pyridine oxide; methacryloylethylbetaine / methacrylate copolymer; ethyl acrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / acrylic acid copolymer; polyamine resins and polyantamarine amine resins; poly (ethyleneformamide); poly (vinylamine) hydrochloride; poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine 6%); poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine 12%); poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine hydrochloride 6%); and alcohol poly (vinyl-co-vinylamine hydrochloride 12%). Preferably, said copolymer and / or homopolymers are selected from the group consisting of adipic acid / dimethylaminohydroxypropyl diethylenetriamine copolymer; poly (vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate); polyvinyl alcohol; ethyl acrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / acrylic acid copolymer; methacryloylethylbetaine / methacrylate copolymer; polyuatemary amine resins; poly (ethylene-macramide); poly (vinylamine) hydrochloride; poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine 6%); poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine 12%); poly alcohol (vinyl-co-vinylamine hydrochloride 6%); and alcohol poly (vinyl-co-vinylamine hydrochloride 12%). Non-limiting examples of the preferred polymer that are commercially available are: polyvinyl pyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, such as Copolymer 958 ^, molecular weight of about 100,000 and Copolymer 937, molecular weight of about 1,000,000, available from GAF Chemicals Corporation; Adipic acid / dimethylaminohydroxypropyl diethylenetriamine copolymer, such as Cartaretin F-4 ^ and F-23, available from Sandoz Chemicals Corporation; methacryloylethylbetaine / methacrylate copolymer, such as Diaformer Z-SM ^, available from Mitsubishi Chemicals Corporation; polyvinyl alcohol copolymer resin, such as Vinez 2019 ^, available from Air Products and Chemicals or Moweol®, available from Clariant; adipic acid / epoxypropyl diethylenetriamine copolymer, such as Delsette 101 ^, available from Hercules Incorporated; polyamine resins such as Cypro 515 ^, available from Cytec Industries; polyquaternary amine resins, such as Kymene 557HR, available from Hercules Incorporated; and polyvinylpyrrolidone / acrylic acid, such as Sokalan EG 310R, available from BASF. concentration of about 0.2% by weight, and preferably soluble to about 1% by weight. The terms "soluble", "solubility" and the like, for the purposes herein, correspond to the maximum concentration of monomer or polymer, as applicable, which can be dissolved in water or other solvents to form a homogeneous solution, as is well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of useful hydrophobic monomers are C C β alkyl esters of acrylic acid, such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate; alkyl esters of C C-iß methacrylics, such as methyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol of carboxylic acids such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl neodecanoate; aromatic vinyls such as styrene, t-butyl styrene, vinyl toluene; vinyl ethers such as vinyl methyl ether; vinyl chloride; vinylidene chloride; ethylene, propylene and other unsaturated hydrocarbons; and the like; and mixtures thereof. Some preferred hydrophobic monomers are methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, t-butyl acrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of useful hydrophilic monomers are unsaturated organic monocarboxylic and polycarboxylic acids, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid; unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol; polar heterocyclic vinyl compounds such as vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl caprolactam, vinyl pyridine, vinylimidazole; vinylamine; vinyl sulfonate; unsaturated amides such as acrylamides, for example, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-t-butyl acrylamide; "hydroxyethyl methacrylate; dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate; salts of the acids and amines mentioned above, and the like, and mixtures thereof .. Some preferred hydrophilic monomers are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, N, N, N-methyl acrylamide, N, N-diethyl methacrylamide, Nt-butyl acrylamide, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, vinylpyrrolidone, salts thereof and quaternized alkyl derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof Non-limiting examples of polymers for use in the present invention include the following, wherein the composition of the copolymer is given as an approximate weight percentage of each monomer used in the polymerization reaction used to prepare the polymer: vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl acetate copolymers (at ratios up to about 30% by weight of vinyl pyrrolidone); of dimethyl acrylamide / t-butyl acrylate / ethyl hexyl methacrylate (10/45/45); vinylpyrrolidone copolymer / a vinyl acetate / butyl acrylate (10/78/12 and 10/70/20); vinylpyrrolidone / vinyl propionate copolymer (5/95); vinyl caprolactam / vinyl acetate copolymer (5/95); acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate copolymer (25/75), and resins marketed under the tradenames of Ultrahold CA 8® by Ciba Geigy (ethyl acrylate / acrylic acid / N-t-butyl acrylamide copolymer); Resyn 28-1310® by National Starch, and Luviset CA 66® by BASF (vinyl acetate / crotonic acid copolymer 90/10); Luviset CAP® by BASF (vinyl acetate / vinyl propionate / crotonic acid 50/40/10 copolymer); Resyn 28-2930® by National Starch (vinyl acetate / vinyl neodecanoate / crotonic acid copolymer), Amerhold DR-25® by Union Carbide (ethyl acrylate / methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / acrylic acid copolymer), and Poligen A® by BASF (polyacrylate dispersion). Preferably, the auxiliary form retaining polymers contain an effective amount of monomers having carboxylic groups. The highly preferred auxiliary form retention polymers contain hydrophobic monomers and hydrophilic monomers comprising organic unsaturated monocarboxylic and polycarboxylic acid monomers, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, and salts thereof. same, and mixtures thereof; and optionally other hydrophilic monomers. Examples of the unsaturated hydrophilic organic monocarboxylic acid and polycarboxylic acid monomers are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of the hydrophobic monomers are esters of the monocarboxylic and unsaturated organic polycarboxylic acids mentioned above with C1-C12 alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-methyl-1- propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methylene-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-pentanol, 2- methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-pentanol, t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl-1-butanol, and mixtures thereof, preferably methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1 - butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, t-butanol, and mixtures thereof. A preferred copolymer contains acrylic acid and t-butyl acrylate monomer units, preferably at ratios of acrylic acid / t-butyl acrylate of from about 90:10 to about 10:90, preferably from about 70:30 to about 15:85, more preferably around 40:60 to about 20:80. Non-limiting examples of copolymers of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate useful in the present invention, are those typically having a molecular weight of from about 1,000 to about 2,000,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, and more preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000, and with an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate of about 25:75, and an average molecular weight of about 70,000 to about 100,000, and those with a approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate of about 35:65 and an average molecular weight of about 60,000 to about 90,000. The film-forming and / or adhesive polymer of the present invention is present at least in an amount effective to provide shape retention, typically from about 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, most preferably still from about 0.3% to about 1.5% by weight of the use composition. The adhesive polymer is present in the composition in an amount sufficient to result in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 1%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.5%, most preferably from about 0.02% to about 0.4% in weight of the polymer by weight of the dry fabrics. It is not intended to exclude the use of higher or lower levels of the polymers, as long as an effective amount is used to provide adhesive and film-forming properties to the composition and the composition can be formulated and effectively applied for its intended purpose. Silicones and film-forming polymers can be combined to produce preferred wrinkle reducing actives. Typically, the weight ratio of silicone to film-forming polymer is from about 10: 1 to about 1: 10, preferably from about 5: 1 to about 1: 5, and most preferably from about 2: 1 to about 1: 2 Typically, the preferred wrinkle-reducing active of polymer plus silicone is present at a level of from about 0.1% to about 8%, preferably from about 0.3% to about 5%, most preferably from about 0.5% to about 3% in weight of the composition. The optional but preferred adhesive and / or film-forming polymers that are useful in the composition of the present invention actually contain portions of silicone in the polymers themselves. These preferred polymers include graft copolymers and silicone block with portions containing hydrophilic and / or hydrophobic monomers described above. The silicone-containing copolymers in the spray composition of the present invention provide shape retention, body and / or good feeling of softening fabrics. Highly preferred silicone-containing copolymers contain hydrophobic monomers and hydrophilic monomers comprising monomers of unsaturated organic monocarboxylic and / or polycarboxylic acids, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, taconic acid and salts thereof. the same, and mixtures thereof; and optionally other hydrophilic monomers. The silicone-containing graft and block copolymers useful in the present invention have the following properties: (1) the silicone portion is covalently bonded to the non-silicone portion; (2) the molecular weight of the silicone poric is from about 1,000 to about 50,000; and (3) the non-silicone portion must produce the entire soluble or dispersible copolymer in the vehicle of wrinkle control composition and allow the copolymer to be deposited and / or adhered to the treated fabrics. Suitable silicone copolymers include the following: (a) Silicone graft copolymers Preferred silicone-containing polymers are silicone graft copolymers comprising acrylate groups described, together with methods for making them, in the U.S.A. No. 5,658,557, Bolich, et al., Issued August 19, 1997, patent of E.U.A. No. 4,693,935, Mazurek, issued September 15, 1987 and the US patent. No. 4,728,571, Clemens et al., Issued March 1, 1988. Additional silicone-containing polymers are described in U.S. Patents. Nos. 5,480,634, Hayama eral., Issued October 2, 1996, 5,166,276, Hayama et al., Issued November 24, 1992, 5,061, 481, issued October 29, 1991, Suzuki et al., 5,106,609, Bolich et al., Issued April 21, 1992, 5,100,658 Bolich et al., Issued March 31, 1992, 5,100,657, Ansher-Jackson, et al., Issued March 31, 1992, 5,104,646, Bolich et al. ., issued on April 14, 1992, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. These polymers preferably include copolymers having a polymeric vinyl base structure which have grafted thereon monovalent siloxane polymer portions and components consisting of hydrophilic and hydrophobic non-silicone monomers. The silicone-containing monomers are illustrated by the general formula: X (Y) n Si (R) 3-m Zm wherein X is a polymerizable group, such as a vinyl group, which is part of the base structure of the polymer; And it's a divalent link group; R is a hydrogen, hydroxyl, lower alkyl (eg, C 1 -C 4), aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy or alkylamino; Z is a monovalent polymeric siloxane portion having an average molecular weight of at least about 500, is essentially non-reactive under copolymerization conditions and is pendant from the above-described polymeric base structure; n is 0 or 1; and m is an integer from 1 to 3. The preferred silicone-containing monomer has a weight-average molecular weight of from about 1,000 to about 50,000, preferably from about 3,000 to about 40,000, most preferably from about 5,000 to about 20,000. . Non-limiting examples of silicone-containing monomers have the following formulas: O OH R »X- C II- O- CH2- C I H-CH2- N I - (CH2) - Si (R1) 3.mZm In these structures m is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 1; p is 0 or 1; q is an integer from 2 to 6; n is an integer from 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, most preferably 0; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl, aryl, alkylamino, preferably R1 is alkyl; R "is alkyl or hydrogen, X is CH (R3) == C (R4) - R3 is hydrogen or -COOH, preferably hydrogen, R4 is hydrogen, methyl or -CH2COOH, preferably methyl, Z is R5 ~ [Si (R6 ) (R7) ~ or ~] r wherein R5, R6 and R7 independently are lower alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, hydrogen or hydroxyl, preferably alkyl, and r is an integer of from about 10 to about 700, preferably from about 40 to about 600, most preferably about 70 to about 300. Most preferably, R5, R6 and R7 are methyl, p = 0 and q = 3. The silicone-containing adhesive and / or film-forming copolymers useful in the present invention comprise 0% to about 90%, preferably from about 10% to about 80%, most preferably from about 40% to about 75% hydrophobic monomer, from about 0% to about 90%, preferably about 5% a about 80% hydrophilic monomer, and about 5% to about 50%, preferably from about 10% to about 40%, most preferably from about 15% to about 25% silicone-containing monomer.

The composition of any particular copolymer will help determine its formulation properties. In fact, by appropriate selection and combination of hydrophobic, hydrophilic components containing silicone, the copolymer can be optimized for inclusion in specific vehicles. For example, polymers that are soluble in aqueous formulation preferably contain from 0% to about 70%, preferably from about 5% to about 70% hydrophobic monomer, and from about 30% to about 98%, preferably about 30%. % to about 80% hydrophilic monomer, and from about 1% to about 40% silicone-containing monomer. Polymers that are dispersible preferably contain from 0% to about 70%, most preferably from about 5% to about 70% hydrophobic monomer and from about 20% to about 80%, most preferably from about 20% to about 60%. % hydrophilic monomer, and from about 1% to about 40% silicone-containing monomer. The silicone-containing copolymers preferably have a weight average molecular weight of from about 10,000 to about 1,000,000, preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000. Preferred polymers comprise a polymeric vinyl base structure, preferably with a Tg or a Tm as defined above of about -20 ° C and grafted to the base structure with a polydimethylsiloxane macromer having a weight average molecular weight around from 1,000 to about 50,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 40,000, most preferably from about 7,000 to about 20,000. The polymer is such that when formulated in the finished composition and then dried, the polymer phase is separated into a discontinuous phase that includes the polydimethylsiloxane macromer and a continuous phase containing the base structure. Exemplary silicone grafted polymers for use in the present invention include the following, wherein the copolymer composition is given with the approximate weight percent of each monomer used in the polymerization reaction to prepare the copolymer: N, N-methylmethacrylamide / methacrylate of isobutyl / (PDMS macromer-approximate molecular weight of 20,000) (PDMS is polydimethylsiloxane) (20/60/20 w / w / w), copolymer of average molecular weight of 400,000; N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer-approximate molecular weight of 20,000) (80/20 w / w), average molecular weight copolymer of about 300,000; t-butyl acrylate / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer-approximate molecular weight 10,000) (70/10/20), copolymer of average molecular weight of about 400,000; and (N, N, N-trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate chloride) / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / (PDMS macromer - approximate molecular weight 15,000) (40/40/20), average molecular weight copolymer of about 150,000. The highly preferred auxiliary form retention copolymers of this type contain hydrophobic monomers, silicone-containing monomers and hydrophilic monomers comprising monomers of saturated organic mono and polycarboxylic acid, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and their hemi -esters, itaconic acid and salts thereof and mixtures thereof. A highly preferred copolymer is composed of acrylic acid, t-butyl acrylate and monomeric units containing silicone, preferably with from about 20% to about 90%, preferably from about 30% to about 80%, most preferably about 50%. % to about 75% t-butyl acrylate; from about 5% to about 60%, preferably from about 8% to about 45%, most preferably from about 10% to about 30% acrylic acid; and from about 5% to about 50%, preferably from about 7% to about 40%, most preferably from about 10% to about 30% polydimethylsiloxane of an average molecular weight of from about 1,000 to about 50,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 40,000, most preferably from about 7,000 to about 20,000. Non-limiting examples of copolymers of acrylic acid / tert-butyl acrylate / polydimethylsiloxane macromer useful in the present invention, with weight ratio of approximate monomer are: t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 10,000) (70/10/20 w / w / w), average molecular weight copolymer of about 300,000; t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 10,000) (65/25/10 w / w / w), copolymer of average molecular weight of about 200,000; t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 10,000) (63/20/17 w / w / w), copolymer of average molecular weight from about 120,000 to about 150,000; and n-butyl methacrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer-approximate molecular weight of 20,000) (70/10/20 w / w / w), copolymer of average molecular weight of about 100,000. A useful copolymer of this type is Diahold® ME from Mitsubishi Chemical Corp., which is t-butyl acrylate / acrylic acid / (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight 12,000) (60/20/20), average molecular weight copolymer of approximately 128,000. (b) Silicone block copolymers Also useful herein are silicone block copolymers comprising repeated block units of polysiloxanes. Examples of silicone-containing block copolymers are found in the U.S.A. No. 5,523,365 to Geck et al., Issued June 4, 1996; patent of E.U.A. No. 4,689,289 of Crivello, issued August 25, 1987; patent of E.U.A. No. 4,584,356 issued by Crivello on April 22, 1986; Mzcromolecular Design, Concept & Practice, Ed: MK Mishra, Polymer Frontiers International, Inc., Hopewell Jet., NY (1994), and Block Copolymers, A. Noshay and JE McGrath, Academic Press, NY (1977), all of which are incorporated here in their whole as a reference. Other silicone block copolymers suitable for use herein are those described together with methods for making them, in the U.S. patent. No. 5,658,577 previously referenced and incorporated. "The silicone-containing block copolymers useful in the present invention can be described by the formulas AB, ABA, and - (AB) n- where n is an integer of 2 or greater, AB represents a diblock structure, ABA represents a triblock structure and - (AB) n- represents a multi-block structure Block copolymers may comprise mixtures of diblock, triblock and higher multiple block combinations as well as small amounts of homopolymers.Silicone block portion, B , may be represented by the following polymer structure ~ (SiR2?) m ", wherein each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, C- | -C6 alkyl, C- | -C6 alkoxy, alkylamino of C2-C6, styryl, phenyl, substituted C-CO phenyl-alkoxy alkyl, preferably methyl, and m is an integer of about 10 or greater, preferably about 40 or greater, most preferably about of 60 or greater and most preferably of about 100 or greater. The non-silicone block, A, comprises monomers selected from the monomers as previously described in reference to the hydrophilic and hydrophobic monomers for the silicone-grafted copolymers. Vinyl blocks are preferred co-monomers. The block copolymers preferably contain one or more non-silicone blocks, and up to about 50%, preferably from about 10% to about 20%, in weight of one or more blocks of polydimethylsiloxane. (c) Sulfur bonded silicone-containing copolymers Also useful herein are sulfur-bonded silicone-containing copolymers including block copolymers. As used herein in reference to silicone-containing copolymers, the term "sulfur bound" means that the copolymer contains a sulfur bond (ie, -S-), a disukfuro bond (ie, -SS-), or a sulfhydryl group (i.e., -SH). These silicon-bonded copolymers bonded with sulfur are represented by the following general formula: wherein each G5 and GQ is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, fluoroaikyl, hydrogen and -ZSA, wherein A represents a polymeric vinyl segment consisting essentially of monomer polymerizable with free radicals polymerized and Z is a divalent linking group (useful divalent linking groups Z include but not limited to the following: alkylene, alkarylene, arylene and alkoxyalkylene of C- | to CJ O- Preferably, Z is selected from the group consisting of methylene and propylene for reasons of commercial availability); each G2 comprises A; each G4 comprises A; "each R1 is a monovalent portion selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, fluoroaikyl, hydrogen and hydroxyl (preferably, R1 represents monovalent portions which may be independently the same or different from the group consisting of alkyl and hydroxyalkyl of C-1-4 for reasons of commercial availability, most preferably R <; | ßs methyl); each R2 is a divalent linking group (suitable divalent linking groups include but are not limited to the following: alkylene, arylene, alkarylene and alkoxyalkylene from Cj to C <Rj- Preferably, R2 is selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkylene and C7-C10 alkarylene due to the ease of synthesis of the compound, most preferably R2 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, 1, 3-propylene and each R3 represents monovalent portions which can be independently the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkoxy, alkylamino, fluoroaikyl, hydrogen and hydroxyl (preferably, R3 represents monovalent portions which can be independently the same or different selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl and hydroxyl for reasons of commercial availability .. Most preferably, R3 is methyl); "each R4 is a divalent linking group (suitable divalent linking groups include but are not limited to the following: alkylene, arylene, alkarylene, and alkoxyalkylene of C < / a C < Rj- Preferably, R4 is selected from A group consisting of C1-3 alkylene and C7-C10 alkarylene for ease of synthesis Most preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, 1, 3-propylene and x is an integer of 0-3; and is an integer of 5 or greater (preferably and is an integer ranging from about 14 to about 700, preferably from about 20 to about 200); and q is an integer of 0-3; where at least one of the following is true: q is an integer of at least 1; x is an integer of at least 1; G5 comprises at least one portion -ZSA; or Ge comprises at least one portion -ZSA.

As indicated above, A is a polymeric segment formed from monomers polymerizable by polymerized free radicals. The selection of A is typically based on the intended uses of the composition, and the properties that the copolymer must possess to achieve its intended purpose. If A comprises a block in the case of block copolymers, a polymer having AB and / or ABA architecture will be obtained depending on whether a mercapto functional group -SH is attached to one or both terminal silicon atoms of the functional silicone compounds. of mercapto respectively. The ratio of vinyl polymer block or segment to silicone segment of the copolymer may vary. Preferred copolymers are those in which the weight ratio of vinyl polymer segment to silicone segment varies from about 98: 2 to 50:50, so that the copolymer possesses properties inherent to each of the different polymer segments while retaining the solubility of the general polymer. Sulfur-bonded silicone copolymers are described in more detail in the U.S.A. No. 5,468,477 to Kumar et al., Issued November 21, 1995, and PCT Application No. WO 95/03776, assigned to 3M, published February 9, 1995, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. . Other useful silicone-containing polymers are those containing hydrophilic moieties such as polyvinylpyrrolidone / cuatemarios, polyacrylates, polyacrylamides, polysulfonates and mixtures thereof, and are described for example in the U.S. patent. No. 5,120,812, incorporated herein by reference. "The polymer containing film-forming and / or adhesive silicone of the present invention is present at least in an effective amount to provide retention, typically from about 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, most preferably still from about 0.3% to about 1.5% by weight of the use composition.The silicone-containing copolymer is present in the composition in an amount effective to result in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 1%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.5%, most preferably from about 0.02% to about 0.4% by weight of the polymer by weight of the dry fabrics. Optional cyclodextrin is present in the composition, the polymer useful for providing shape retention in the composition of the present invention should be patible with cyclodextrin, that is, it must not form substantially complexes with cyclodextrin so as to reduce the yield of the cyclodextrin and / or the polymer. The complex formation affects both the ability of the cyclodextrin to absorb odors and the ability of the polymer to impart shape retention to the fabrics. In this case, monomers having pendant groups that can complex with cyclodextrins are not preferred because they can form compounds with the cyclodextrin. Examples of said monomers are esters of acrylic or methacrylic acid of C7-C-18 alcohols. such as neodecanol, 3-heptanol, benzyl alchol, 2-octanol, 6-methyl-1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1 -hexanol and 1-decanol; aromatic vinyls, such as styrene; t-butyl styrene, vinyltoluene and the like.

Starch Starch is usually not preferred, as it makes the fabric resistant to deformation. However, it provides increased "body" that is often desirable. Starch is particularly preferred in compositions of this invention for use with ironing. When used, the starch is solubilized or dispersed in the composition. Any type of starch, for example, those derived from corn, wheat, rice, sorghum grain, grain of sorghum, waxy corn, tapioca, or mixtures thereof and modifications or soluble derivatives or dispersible in water thereof, are they can be used in the composition of the present invention. Commercially available propoxylated and / or ethoxylated low viscosity starches are useful in the present composition and are preferred since their low viscosity and relatively high solids concentrations make them highly adaptable to spray processes. Suitable alkoxylated low viscosity starches are particles of submicron size of hydrophobic starch which are readily dispersed in water and are prepared by alkoxylation of granulated starch with a monofunctional alkoxylating agent which provides the starch with ether-bonded hyrphile groups. A suitable method for its preparation is taught in the patent of E.U.A. No. 3,462,283. According to the invention the propoxylated or ethoxylated starch derivatives are dispersed in the aqueous medium in an amount of from about 0.1% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 6%, most preferably about 1% by weight. about 4% by weight of the composition of use.

Lithium salts Optional lithium salts are useful in the fabric care compositions of the present invention to provide improved fabric wrinkle control. Non-limiting examples of lithium salts which are useful in the present invention are lithium bromide, lithium chloride, lithium lactate, lithium benzoate, lithium acetate, lithium sulfate, lithium tartrate and / or lithium bitartrate, preferably lithium bromide and / or lithium lactate. Some water soluble salts such as lithium benzoate are not preferred when the optional cyclodextrin is present because they can form complexes with the cyclodextrin. Useful levels of lithium salts are from about 0.1% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 7%, most preferably from about 1% to about 5% by weight of the use composition.

Hydrophilic plasticizer Optionally, the composition may contain a hydrophilic plasticizer to soften both the fibers of the fabrics, especially the cotton fibers and the shape-retaining polymers of auxiliary film and / or adhesive. Examples of the preferred hydrophilic plasticizers are short molecular weight low molecular weight polyhydric alcohols, such as glycerol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, sorbitol, erythritol or mixtures thereof, most preferably diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and mixtures thereof. the same. When a hydrophilic plasticizer is used, it is present at a level of from 0.01% to 5%, preferably from 0.05% to 2%, most preferably from 0.1% to 1% by weight of the composition of use.

Surfactant The surfactant is an optional but highly preferred ingredient of the present invention. The surfactant is especially useful in the composition to facilitate the dispersion and / or solubilization of color improving agents such as silicones and / or perfume. Said surfactant is preferably included when the composition is used in a spray jet to be able to improve the spray characteristics of the composition and allow the composition, including the fabric care active, to be more evenly distributed, and to avoid the clogging of the spray apparatus. The distribution of the composition also allows it to dry faster so that the treated material is ready to be used sooner. For concentrated compositions, the surfactant facilitates the dispersion of many active ingredients such as antimicrobial actives and perfumes in the concentrated aqueous compositions. The suitable surfactant useful in the present invention is nonionic surfactant, anionic surfactant, cationic surfactant, amphoteric surfactant, and mixtures thereof. When surfactant is used in the composition of the present invention, it is added to an effective amount to provide one, or more of the benefits described herein, typically from about 0.01% to about 5%, preferably about 0.05% to about 3%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 2%, and still most preferably from about 0.2% to about 1%, by weight of the use composition. A preferred type of surfactant is ethoxylated surfactant, such as addition products of ethylene oxide with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines, etc. Optionally, the addition products of mixtures of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide with fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty amines can be used. The ethoxylated surfactant includes compounds having the general formula: R8-Z- (CH2CH20) sB wherein R8 is an alkyl group or an alkylaryl group, selected from the group consisting of primary, secondary and branched alkyl hydrocarbyl groups, primary, secondary and branched chain alkenyl hydrocarbyl groups, and / or primary, secondary and branched alkyl substituted phenolic hydrocarbyl groups and alkenyl groups having from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms, preferably from about 8 to about 18 , most preferably from about 10 to about 15 carbon atoms; s is an integer from about 2 to about 45, preferably from about 2 to about 20, most preferably from about 2 to about 15; B is a hydrogen, a carboxylate group, or a sulfate group; and the linker group Z is -O-, -C (0) 0-, -C (0) N (R) -, or -C (0) N (R) -, and mixtures thereof, wherein R, when presented, is R8 or hydrogen. The nonionic surfactants herein are characterized by a HLB (hydrophilic-lipophilic balance) of from about 5 to 20, preferably from 6 to 15. Non-limiting examples of preferred ethoxylated surfactants are: - straight-chain, primary alcohol ethoxylates , with R8 being C grupo-Ciß alkyl and / or alkenyl group, most preferably C? 0-Cu, and being from about 2 to about 8, preferably from about 2 to about 6; - alcohol straight-chain secondary ethoxylates, with R8 being C alquilo-C-ββ alkyl and / or alkenyl, for example, 3-hexadecyl, 2-octadecyl, 4-eicosanyl, and 5-eicosanyl, and being from about 2 to approximately 10; alkylphenol ethoxylates in which alkylphenols having an alkyl or alkenyl group contain from 3 to 20 carbon atoms in a primary, secondary or branched chain configuration, preferably from 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and s is from about 2 to about 12, preferably from about 2 to about 8; - alcohol branched chain ethoxylates, in which the branched chain primary and secondary alcohols (or Guerbet alcohols) which are available, for example, from the well known "OXO" process or modifications thereof are ethoxylated. Especially preferred are the alkyl ethoxylate surfactants with each R8 being straight chain alkyl and / or Cß-Ciß branched chain and the number of ethyleneoxy groups being from about 2 to about 6, preferably from about 2 to about 4, most preferably with R 8 being C 1 -C 4 alkyl and s being from about 2.25 to about 3.5. These nonionic surfactants are characterized by an HLB of from about 6 to about 11, preferably from about 6.5 to about 9.5, and most preferably from about 7 to about 9. Non-limiting examples of preferred commercially available surfactants are Neodol. 91-2.5 (C9-C10, s = 2.7, HLB = 8.5), Neodol 23-3 (C12-C13, s = 2.9, HLB = 7.9) and Neodol 25-3 (C? 2-C? 5, s = 2.8, HLB = 7.5). It has been found, very surprisingly, that these preferred surfactants which are not very soluble in water (aqueous solutions at 0.1% of these surfactants are not clear), can at low levels, effectively dissolve and / or disperse polymers of water retention. such as copolymers containing acrylic acid and tert-butyl acrylate and copolymers containing silicone in clear compositions, even without the presence of a low molecular weight alcohol. Also preferred is a nonionic surfactant selected from the group consisting of fatty acid esters of ethoxylated sorbitans (EO5-100). Most preferably said surfactant is selected from the group consisting of mixtures of sorbitol laurate esters and sorbitol anhydrides; mixtures of sorbitol stearate esters and sorbitol anhydrides; and mixtures of sorbitol oleate esters and sorbitol anhydrides. Even very preferably said surfactant is selected from the group consisting of polysorbate 20, which is a mixture of sorbitol laurate esters and sorbitol anhydrides consisting predominantly of a monoester, condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide; polysorbate 60 which is a mixture of esters of sorbitol stearate and sorbitol anhydride, consisting predominantly of a monoester, condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide; polysorbate 80 which is a mixture of sorbitol oleate esters and sorbitol anhydrides, consisting predominantly of the monoester, condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide; and mixtures thereof. Most preferably, said surfactant is polysorbate 60. Other examples of preferred ethoxylated surfactant include carboxylated alcohol ethoxylate, also known as ether carboxylate, with R8 having from about 12 to about 16 carbon atoms and being from about 5 to about 13; ethoxylated quaternary ammonium surfactants, such as cocomonium methosulfate PEG-5, cocommon chloride PEG-15, oleammonium chloride PEG-15 and bis (polyethoxyethanol) tallow ammonium chloride. Other suitable nonionic ethoxylated surfactants are the ethoxylated alkylamines derived from the condensation of ethylene oxide with hydrophobic alkylamines, with R8 having from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms and being from about 3 to about 30. Also suitable for use herein are non-ionic ethoxylated surfactants such as alkyl polysaccharides which are described in the US patent 4, 565,647, Filling, issued January 21, 1986, incorporated herein by reference, having a hydrophobic group containing from about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms, preferably from about 10 to about 16 carbon atoms and a polysaccharide, for example, a polyglycoside, hydrophilic group containing from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7 units of saccharide. Any reducing saccharide containing 5 or 6 carbon atoms can be used, for example, glucose, galactose and galactosyl portions can be substituted for the glucosyl moieties. The intersaccharide linkages can be, for example, between position one of the additional saccharide units and the 2-, 3-, 4-, and / or 6-positions on the above saccharide units. Preferred alkyl polyglycosides have the formula: R20 (CnH2nO) t (glucosyl)? wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixtures thereof wherein the alkyl groups contain from 10 to 18, preferably from about 12 to 14 carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7. The glucosyl is preferably derived from glucose. Another class of preferred surfactants that are useful in the formulation of the compositions of the present invention, for solubilizing and / or dispersing silicone lubricants and / or auxiliary form retention copolymers, are the silicone surfactants. These can be used alone and / or preferably with ethoxylated alkyl surfactants as described above. Non-limiting examples of silicone surfactants are polyalkylene oxide polysiloxanes having a hydrophobic portion of dimethylpolysiloxane and one or more hydrophilic polyalkylene side chains, and having the general formula: R1 - [(CH3) 2-SiO- [ (CH3) 2-SiO] a- [(CH3) (R1) SiO] b- Si (CH3) 2- R1 in which a + b is from about 1 to about 50, preferably from about 3 to about 30, more preferably from about 10 to about 25, and each R is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of methyl and a group of poly (ethylene) oxide / (poly) propylene oxide copolymer having the general formula: - (CH2) nO (C2H40) c (C3H60) d R2 at least one R1 is a group of poly (ethyleneoxy / propyleneoxy) copolymer, and wherein n is 3 or 4, preferably 3; the total c (for all polyalkylenoxy side groups) has a value from 1 to about 100, preferably from about 6 to about 100; the total d is from 0 to about 14, preferably from 0 to about 3; and more preferably d is 0; c + d total has a value from about 5 to about 150, preferably from about 9 to about 100 and R2 is the same or different and is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an alkyl having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a acetyl group, preferably hydrogen and methyl group. Each polyalkylene oxide polysiloxane has at least one R1 group which is a poly (ethylene oxide) / (poly) propylene oxide copolymer group. Non-limiting examples of this type of surfactants are the Silwet® surfactants which are available from Osi Specialties, Inc., Danbury, Connecticut. The representative Silwet surfactants are as follows: Average MW name a + b average average total c L-7608 600 1 9 L-7607 1, 000 2 17 L-77 600 1 9 L-7605 6,000 20 99 L-7604 4,000 21 53 L-7600 4,000 11 68 L-7657 5,000 20 76 L-7602 3,000 20 29 L-7622 10,000 88 75 Non-limiting examples of surfactants containing ethyleneoxy (C2H40) and propyleneoxy (C3HβO) groups are the following: Name PM average ratio of EO / PO Silwet L-720 12,000 50/50 Silwet L-7001 20,000 40/60 Silwet L-7002 8,000 50/50 Silwet L-7210 13,000 20/80 Silwet L-7200 19,000 75/25 Silwet L -7220 17,000 20/80 The molecular weight of the polyalkylenoxy group (R1) is less than or equal to about 10,000. Preferably, the molecular weight of the polyalkylenoxy group is less than or equal to about 8,000 and most preferably ranges from about 300 to about 5,000. Thus, the values of c and d can be those numbers that provide molecular weights within these ranges. However, the number of ethyleneoxy units (-C2H40) in the polyether chain (R1) must be sufficient to be dispersible in water or polyalkyleneoxide polysiloxane in water or, if propyleneoxy groups are present in the polyalkylenoxy chain, can be distributed randomly in the chain or exist as blocks The preferred Silwet surfactants are L-7600, L-7602, L-7604, L-7605, L-7657, and mixtures thereof .The most preferred Silwet surfactants for solubilizing and / or dispersing the retention polymers that contain auxiliary silicone and / or the volatile silicone is the low molecular weight L-77. In addition to the surface activity, the polyalkylene oxide polysiloxane surfactants can also provide other benefits, such as antistatic benefits, lubricity and softness for fabrics Other useful silicone surfactants are those that have a hydrophobic portion and ion groups hydrophilic icos, including, for example, anionic, cationic and amphoteric groups. Non-limiting examples of anionic silicone surfactants such as silicone sulfosuccinates, silicone sulfates, silicone phosphates, silicone carboxylates and mixtures thereof, as described respectively in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 4,717,498, 4,960,845, 5,149,765 and 5,296,434. Non-limiting examples of cationic silicone surfactants are silicone alkylquats (quaternary ammoniums), silicone amidoquats, silicone imidazolinequats and mixtures thereof, as described respectively in US Patents. Nos. 5,098,979, 5,135,294 and 5,196,499. Non-limiting examples of amphoteric silicone surfactants are silicone betaines, silicone aminopropionates, silicone phosphobetaines and mixtures thereof, as described respectively in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 4,654,161, 5,073,619 and 5,237,035. All these patents they are incorporated here as a reference. The fabric care compositions of the present invention for use in the wash cycle can be used either together with general laundry detergents or really as a detergent composition comprising a polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure. The detergent compositions according to the present invention comprise a surfactant or a surfactant system wherein the surfactant may be selected from nonionic and / or anionic and / or cationic and / or ampholytic and / or zwitterionic surfactants and / or non-ionic semipolar. The surfactant is typically present at a level of about 0.1% to 60% by weight. More preferred levels of incorporation are from 1% to 35% by weight, very preferably from 1% to 30% by weight of the detergent compositions according to the invention. The surfactant is preferably formulated to be compatible with the fabric care polysaccharide with globular structure present in the composition. Examples of suitable non-ionic, anionic, cationic, ampholytic, zwitterionic and non-ionic semi-polar surfactants are described in US Pat. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,576,282 incorporated herein by reference. The highly preferred nonionic surfactants are polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula: R2-C (0) -N (R1) -Z, where R "! Is H, or R ^ is C1 hydrocarbyl. 4, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl or a mixture thereof, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl moiety having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof. is methyl, R 2 is a C 11 -C 15 alkyl chain, or C 16 -C 8 alkyl or alkenyl chain such as cocoalkyl or mixtures thereof, and Z is derived from a reducing sugar such as glucose, fructose, maltose and lactose, in a retinal amination reaction Highly preferred anionic surfactants including alkoxylated alkylsulphate surfactants are water soluble salts or acids of the formula RO (A) mS? 3M wherein R is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C -10-C24 does not sust It has an alkyl component of C <; | Q-C24, preferably an unsubstituted C-12-C20 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, most preferably an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C-12-C18. is an ethoxy or propoxy unit, m is greater than zero, typically between about 0.5 and about 6; most preferably between about 0.5 and about 3, and M is H or a cation which may be, for example, a metal cation (eg, sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, etc.), an ammonium cation or substituted ammonium. The ethoxylated alkyl sulfates as well as propoxylated alkyl sulphates are contemplated in the present invention. When included herein, the laundry detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from 1% to about 40%, preferably from about 3% to about 20% by weight of said anionic surfactants.

The highly preferred cationic surfactants are the water-soluble quaternary ammonium compounds useful in the present composition having the formula: R1 R2R3R4N + X " where R- | is CQ-C ^ Q alkyl, each of R2, R3 and R4 are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, benzyl, and - (C2H4o)? H wherein x has a value of 2 to 5 , X is an anion. No more than one of R2, R3 or R4 must be benzyl. When included herein, the detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from 0.2% to about 25%, preferably from about 1% to about 8% by weight of said cationic surfactants. When included herein, the detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from 0.2% to about 15%, preferably from about 1% to about 10% by weight of said ampholytic surfactants.

When included herein, the detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from 0.2% to about 15%, preferably from about 1% to about 10% by weight of said zwitterionic surfactants. When included herein, the detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from 0.2% to about 15%, preferably from about 1% to about 10% by weight of said semi-polar nonionic surfactants. The detergent composition of the present invention may further comprise a surfactant coagent selected from the group of primary or tertiary amines. The primary amines suitable for use herein include amines according to the formula R-1 NH2 wherein R- | is an alkyl chain of C6-C-12. preferably of Cβ-C-io or R 4X (CH 2) n, X is -O-, -C (0) NH- or -NH-, R 4 is a C 6 -C 12 alkyl chain. n is between 1 to 5, preferably 3. The alkyl chains of R1 may be straight or branched and may be interrupted with up to 12, preferably less than 5, ethylene oxide portions. Preferred amines according to the above formula are n-alkylamines. Suitable amines to be used herein can be selected from 1-hexyl amine, 1-octyl amine, 1-decylamine and laurylamine. Other preferred primary amines include oxypropylamine, octyloxypropylamine, 2-ethylhexyl-oxypropylamine, laurylamidopropylamine and Cs-C-io-amidopropylamine. Tertiary amines suitable for use herein include tertiary amines having the formula R < | R-2R3 N where R- | and R_2 are C-i-Cs alkyl chains or R3 is either a C6-C12 alkyl chain. preferably CQ-C O, OR R3 is R4X (CH2) n, where X is -O-, -C (0) NH- or _NH_, R4 is C4-C12. n is between 1 to 5, preferably 2-3, R5 is H or C1-C2 alkyl and x is between 1 to 6. R3 and R4 can be linear or branched; the alkyl chains of R3 can be interrupted with up to 12, preferably less than 5, ethylene oxide portions. The preferred tertiary amines are R1 R2R3N wherein R- | is a C6-C12 alkyl chain. R2 V R3 are C1-C3 alkyl or where R-5 is H or CH3 and x = 1-2. Amidoamines of the formula are also preferred where R- | is C6-C12 alkyl; n is 2-4. preferably n is 3; R and R3 is C1-C4 Most of the preferred amines of the present invention include 1-octylamine, 1-hexylamine, 1-decylamine, 1-dodecylamine, C-C-io oxypropylamine. Coconut 1-3 diaminopropane, cocoalkyldimethylamine, lauryldimethylamine, laurylbis (hydroxyethyl) amine, cocobis (hydroxyethyl) amine, lauryl amine 1 mole propoxylated, octylamine 2 mole propoxylated, laurylamidopropyldimethylamine, c, lauryl amine 1 mole propoxylated, octylamine 2 mole propoxylated, laurylamidopropyldimethylamine, amidopropyldimethylamine of Cs-C-io and amidopropyldimethylamine of Cio- Most of the amines to be used in the compositions of the present invention are 1-hexyl amine, 1-octylamine, 1-decylamine, 1-dodecylamine. Especially desirable are n-dodecyldimethylamine and bishydroxyethylcocoalkylamine and 7-fold ethoxylated oleylamine, laurylamidopropylamine and cocoamidopropylamine.

Odor control agent The compositions for pain control are of the type described in the patents of E.U.A. 5,534,165; 5,578,563; 5,663,134; 5,668,097; 5,670,475; and 5,714,137, Trinh et al., issued July 9, 1996; November 26, 1996; September 2, 1997; September 16, 1997; September 23, 1997 and February 3, 1998 respectively, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The fabric care compositions of the present invention may contain several different optional odor control agents, preferably cyclodextrins, water soluble zinc salts, water soluble copper salts and mixtures thereof. (to). Cyclodextrin As used herein, the term "cyclodextrin" includes any of the known cyclodextrins such as unsubstituted cyclodextrins containing from six to twelve glucose units, especially alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-cyclodextrin, gamma-cyclodextrin and / or their derivatives and / or mixtures thereof. Alpha-cyclodextrin consists of six glucose units, beta-cyclodextrin consists of seven glucose units, and gamma-cyclodextrin consists of eight glucose units arranged in donut-shaped rings. The specific coupling and conformation of the glucose units give the cyclodextrins a rigid, molecular conical structure with hollow interiors of specific volumes. The "coating" of each internal cavity is formed by hydrogen atoms and oxygen atoms of glycosidic bridging; therefore, this surface is basically hydrophobic. The physical-chemical properties and the unique shape of the cavity allow cyclodextrin molecules to absorb (form inclusion complexes with) organic molecules or parts of organic molecules that may be inside the cavity. Many odoriferous molecules can enter the cavity including many malodor molecules and perfume molecules. Therefore, cyclodextrins, and especially mixtures of cyclodextrins with different cavity sizes, can be used to control odors caused by a broad spectrum of organic odorous materials, which may or may not contain reactive functional groups. Complex formation between cyclodextriria and odorous molecules occurs rapidly in the presence of water. However, the degree of complex formation also depends on the polarity of the molecules absorbed. In an aqueous solution, strongly hydrophilic molecules (those that are highly soluble in water) are only partially absorbed, if they are. Therefore, cyclodextrin does not complex effectively with some organic amines and very low molecular weight acids when they occur at low levels on wet fabrics. However, as the water is being removed, for example, the fabric is being dried, certain organic amines and low molecular weight acids have more affinity and will form complexes with the cyclodextrins more easily. The cavities within the cyclodextrin in the solution of the present invention should remain essentially unfilled (the cyclodextrin remains without forming complexes) while in the solution, in order to allow the cyclodextrin to absorb various odor molecules when the solution is applied to the solution. a surface. Non-derived (normal) beta-cyclodextrin can be present at a level up to its solubility limit of about 1.85% (about 1.85 g in 100 grams of water) at room temperature. Beta-cyclodextrin is not preferred in compositions having a cyclodextrin level greater than its water solubility limit. Non-derived beta-cyclodextrin is not generally preferred when the composition contains surfactant since it affects the surface activity of most preferred surfactants that are compatible with the derived cyclodextrins. Preferably, the odor absorbing solution of the present invention is clear. The term "clear" as defined herein means transparent or translucent, preferably transparent, as in "clear as water", when viewed through a layer having a thickness of less than about 10 cm. Preferably, the cyclodextrins used in the present invention are highly water soluble such as, alpha-cyclodextrin and / or derivatives thereof, gamma-cyclodextrin and / or derivatives thereof, derived beta-cyclodextrins and / or mixtures thereof . The cyclodextrin derivatives consist mainly of molecules in which some of the OH groups are converted into OR groups. Cyclodextrin derivatives include, for example, those short chain alkyl groups such as methylated cyclodextrins, and ethylated cyclodextrins, wherein R is a methyl group or an ethyl group; those with substituted hydroxyalkyl groups, such as hydroxypropyl cyclodextrins and / or hydroxyethyl cyclodextrins, wherein R is a group -CH2-CH (OH) -CH3 or -CH2CH2-OH; branched cyclodextrins such as cyclodextrins linked to maltose; cationic cyclodextrins such as those containing 2-hydroxy-3- (dimethylamino) propyl ether, wherein R is CH 2 -CH (OH) -CH 2 N (CH 3) 2 which is cationic at a low pH; quaternary ammonium, for example 2-hydroxy-3- (trimethylammonium) propyl ether chloride groups, wherein R is CH 2 -CH (OH) -CH 2 -N + (CH 3) 3 Cl ", anionic cyclodextrins such as carboxymethyl cyclodextrins, sulfates of cyclodextrin, and cyclodextrin succinylates, amphoteric cyclodextrins such as quaternary ammonium cyclodextrins / carboxymethyl, cyclodextrins wherein at least one glucopyranose unit has a 3-6-anhydro-cyclomalt structure, for example, mono-3-6-anhydrocyclodextrins, as described in "Optimal Performances with Minimal Chemical Modification of Cyclodextrins", F. Diedaini-Pilard and B. Perly, The 7th International Cyclodextrin Symposium Abstracts, April 1995, page 49, the foregoing is incorporated herein by reference; and mixtures thereof Other cyclodextrin derivatives are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,426,011, Parmerter et al., issued February 4, 1969; 3,453,257; 3,453,258; 3,453,259; and 3,453,260; Parmerter et al., and issued on July 1, 1969; 3,459,731, Gramera et al., Issued August 5, 1969; 3,553,191, Parmerter et al., Issued January 5, 1971; 3,565,887, Parmerter et al., Issued February 23, 1971; 4,535,152, Szejtli et al., Issued August 13, 1985; 4,616,008, Hirai et al., Issued October 7, 1986; 4,678,598, Ogino et al., Issued July 7, 1987; 4,638,058, Brandt et al., Issued January 20, 1987; and 4,746,734, Tsuchiyama et al., issued May 24, 1988; All of the above patents are incorporated herein by reference. Cyclodextrins highly soluble in water are those having a solubility in water of at least about 10 g in 100 ml of water at room temperature, preferably about 20 g in 100 ml of water, most preferably at least about 25 g. g in 100 ml of water at room temperature. The availability of solubilized cyclodextrins, without forming complexes, is essential for effective and efficient odor control performance. The solubilized water-soluble cyclodextrin may have a more efficient odor control performance than a cyclodextrin not soluble in water when deposited on surfaces, especially fabrics. Examples of preferred water-soluble cyclodextrin derivatives suitable for use herein are hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin, methylated alpha-cyclodextrin, methylated beta-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl beta-cyclodextrin and hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin. The hydroxyalkyl cyclodextrin derivatives preferably have a degree of substitution of from about 1 to about 14, most preferably from about 1.5 to about 7, wherein the total number of OR groups per cyclodextrin is defined as the degree of substitution. Methylated cyclodextrin derivatives typically have a degree of substitution of from about 1 to about 18, preferably from about 3 to about 16. A known methylated beta-cyclodextrin is heptakis-2,6-di-0-methyl-β-cyclodextrin , commonly known as DIMEB, wherein each glucose unit has approximately 2 methyl groups with a degree of substitution of about 14. A preferred methylated beta-cyclodextrin, commercially available is a randomly methylated beta-cyclodextrin, commonly known as RAMEB, having Different degrees of substitution, normally around 12.6. RAMEB is more preferred than DIMEB, because DIMEB affects the surface activity of the preferred surfactants rather than RAMEB. Preferred cyclodextrins are available; for example, from Cerestar USA, Inc. and Wacker Chemicals (E.U.A.), Inc. It is also preferable to use a mixture of cyclodextrins. Said mixtures absorb odors more extensively forming complexes with a larger scale of odoriferous molecules having a larger scale of molecular sizes. Preferably at least a portion of the cyclodextrins is alpha-cyclodextrin and derivatives thereof, gamma-cyclodextrin and its derivatives, and / or beta-cyclodextrin derivative, most preferably a mixture of alpha-cyclodextrin, or an alpha-cyclodextrin derivative. , and derived beta-cyclodextrin, still most preferably a mixture of derived alpha-cyclodextrin and beta-cyclodextrin derivative, most preferably a mixture of hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin and hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin, and / or a mixture of methylated alpha-cyclodextrin and beta -methylated cyclodextrin. To control odors in the fabrics, the composition is preferably used as a spray. Typical levels of cyclodextrin in the compositions of use for conditions of use are from about 0.01% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 4%, most preferably from about 0.5% to about 2% by weight of the composition. It is preferable that the fabric be treated at a level of less than about 5 mg of cyclodextrin per gram of fabric, most preferably less than about 2 mg of cyclodextrin per gram of fabric.

Low Molecular Weight Polyols Low molecular weight polyols with relatively high boiling points, as compared to water, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and / or glycerol are preferred optional ingredients for improving the odor control performance of the composition of the composition. present invention when the cyclodextrin is present. Without attempting to be limited by theory, it is believed that the incorporation of a small amount of low molecular weight glycols into the composition of the present invention improves the formation of cyclodextrin inclusion complexes as the fabric dries. It is believed that the ability of polyols to remain on the fabric for a longer period of time than water, as the fabric dries allows you to form complexes with cyclodextrin and some malodor molecules. It is believed that the addition of glycols fills the void space in the cyclodextrin cavity which is unable to be filled by certain malodor molecules of relatively small sizes. Preferably the glycol used is glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol or mixtures thereof, most preferably ethylene glycol and / or propylene glycol. Cyclodextrins prepared by processes resulting in a level of said polyols are highly desirable, because they can be used without the removal of polyols.

Certain polyols, for example, dipropylene glycol, are useful to facilitate the solubilization of some perfume ingredients in the composition of the present invention. Typically, the glycol is added to the composition of the present invention at a level of from about 0.01% to about 3%, by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.05% to about 1%, most preferably about 0.01% to about 0.5%, by weight of the composition. The preferred weight ratio of low molecular weight polyol to cyclodextrin is from about 2: 1,000 to about 20: 100, preferably from about 3: 1,000 to about 15: 100, most preferably about 5: 1,000 to about 10: 100, still most preferably from about 1: 100 to about 7: 100. (b) Metal Salts Optionally, but highly preferred, the present invention may include metal salts for antimicrobial benefit and / or odor absorption for the cyclodextrin solution when the cyclodextrin is presented. The metal salts are selected from the group consisting of copper salts, zinc salts, and mixtures thereof. Copper salts have certain antimicrobial benefits.

Specifically, cupric abietate acts as a fungicide, copper acetate acts as an inhibitor of downy mildew, cupric chloride acts as a fungicide, copper lactate acts as a fungicide, and copper sulfate acts as a germicide. The copper salts also possess certain capacities to control the bad smell. See the patent of E.U.A. No. 3,172,817, teupolcf, et al., Which discloses deodorant compositions for treating disposable articles comprising at least slightly water soluble salts of acylacetone, including copper salts and zinc salts, all of the above patents are incorporated herein by reference. reference. Preferred zinc salts possess abilities to control bad odor. Zinc has been used more frequently for its ability to improve malodour, for example, in mouthwash products, such as those described in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 4,325,939, issued on April 20, 1982 and 4,469,674, issued on September 4, 1983, to N.B. Shah, et al., Incorporated herein by reference. Soluble and highly ionized zinc salts, such as zinc chloride, provide the best source of zinc ions. Zinc borate works as a fungistatic and a powdery mildew inhibitor, zinc caprylate works as a fungicide, zinc chloride provides antiseptic and deodorant benefits, zinc ricinoleate works as a fungicide, zinc sulfate heptahydrate works as a fungicide and zinc undecylenate functions as a fungistatic. Preferably the metal salts are zinc salts soluble in water, copper salts or mixtures thereof, and most preferably zinc salts, especially ZnCl 2. These salts are preferably present in the present invention primarily to absorb the amine and sulfur containing compounds having very small molecular sizes to effectively complex with the cyclodextrin molecules. Materials containing low molecular weight sulfur eg sulfur and mercaptans are components of many types of bad odors, for example food odors (garlic, onion), body odors / perspiration, breath odors, etc. Amines of low molecular weight are also components of many bad odors, for example, food odors, body odors, urine, etc. When metal salts are added to the composition of the present invention they typically occur at a level of from about 0.1% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 8%, most preferably from about 0.3% to about 5%. % by weight of the composition of use. When the zinc salts are used as the metal salt, and a clear solution is desired, it is preferable that the pH of the solution be adjusted to less than about 7, most preferably less than about 6, most preferably less than about 5, to be able to keep the solution clear. (c). Soluble carbonate and / or bicarbonate salts The water-soluble alkali metal carbonate and / or bicarbonate salts, such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate and mixtures thereof, they can be added to the composition of the present invention to help control certain acid-type odors. Preferred salts are sodium carbonate monohydrate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate and mixtures thereof. When these salts are added to the composition of the present invention, they typically occur at a level of from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%, most preferably from about 0.3% to about 2%. %, by weight of the composition. When these salts are added to the composition of the present invention it is preferable that the incompatible metal salts are not present in the invention. Preferably, when these salts are used in the composition they should be essentially free of zinc and other incompatible metal ions, for example Ca, Fe, Ba, etc., which form water-insoluble salts. (d) Zeolites When the clarity of the solution is not necessary, and the solution is not sprayed onto the fabrics, other optional odor absorbing materials can also be used. A preferred class of zeolites is characterized as "intermediate" silicate / aluminate zeolites. The intermediate zeolites are characterized by molar ratios of SiO2 / AI02 of less than 10. Preferably the molar ratio of SiO2 / AI02 is in the range of 2 to 10. The intermediate zeolites have an advantage over the "higher" zeolites. The intermediate zeolites have a higher affinity for amine-type odors, are more efficient by weight for odor absorption because they have a larger surface area, and are more tolerable to moisture and retain more of their odor-absorbing capacity. water than the higher zeolites. A wide variety of intermediate zeolites suitable for use herein are commercially available as Valfor® CP301 -68, Valfor® 300-63, Valfor® CP300-35, and Valfor® CP300-56, available "from PQ Corporation, and the series of CBV100® zeolite from Conteka The zeolite materials marketed under the trade name Abscents® and Smellrite®, available from The Union Carbide Corporation and UOP are also preferred.These materials are typically available as a white powder on the particle size scale of 3-5 microns These materials are preferred over intermediate zeolites for control of sulfur-containing odors, for example, thiols, mercaptans. (e) Activated carbon The carbon material suitable for use in the present invention is the material well known in commercial practice as an absorbent for organic molecules and / or for air purification purposes. Often, said carbon material is referred to as "activated" carbon or "activated" charcoal. Said coal is available from commercial sources under commercial names such as Calgon Type CPG®; PCB® type; Type SGL®; Type CAL®; and Type OL®. (f) Mixtures thereof Mixtures of the above materials are desirable, especially when the mixture provides control over a wider range of odors.

Perfume The composition of the present invention may also optionally provide an "odoriferous signal" in the form of a pleasant odor that provides an impression of freshness to the treated fabrics. The odoriferous signal can be designed to provide a perfume odor. When the perfume is added as an odoriferous signal, it is added only at very low levels, for example, from about 0.001% to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.003% to about 0.3%, most preferably about 0.005% at about 0.2%, by weight of the composition of use. The perfume can be added as a more intense odor in the product and on the fabrics. When stronger perfume levels are preferred, it is possible to add relatively higher levels of perfume. Any type of perfume can be incorporated in the composition of the present invention. Preferred perfume ingredients are those suitable for use and application on fabrics and garments. Typical examples of said preferred ingredients are given in the patent of E.U.A. 5,445,747 issued August 29, 1995 to Kvietok et al., Incorporated herein by reference. When a long-lasting fragrance odor is desired on the fabrics, it is preferable to use at least an effective amount of perfume ingredients. Non-limiting examples of said preferred ingredients are given in the patents of E.U.A. 5,500,138 and 5,652,206, issued on March 19, 1996 and July 2, 1997, respectively, to Bacon et al., Incorporated herein by reference. It is also preferred to use materials that can slowly release perfume ingredient after the fabric is treated by the color improving composition of the invention. Examples of materials of this type are given in the patent of E.U.A. 5,531, 910, Sevems et al., Issued July 2, 1996, said patent is incorporated herein by reference. As used herein, the perfume includes fragrant substance or mixture of substances including natural odoriferous substances (i.e. obtained by extraction of flowers, herbs, leaves, roots, barks, wood, buds or plants), artificial (i.e., a mixture of oils or constituents of different natural oils) and synthetic (that is, produced by means of synthesis). Such materials are often accompanied by auxiliary materials such as fixatives, extenders, stabilizers and solvents. These auxiliaries are also included within the meaning of "perfume" as used herein. Typically, perfumes are complex mixtures of a plurality of organic compounds. Examples of perfume ingredients useful in the perfumes of the compositions of the present invention include but are not limited to those materials described in said patents. The perfumes useful in the compositions of the present invention are preferably substantially free of halogenated materials and nitro-alkyls. Suitable solvents, diluents or vehicles for perfume ingredients mentioned above are for example ethanol, isopropanol, diethylene glycol, monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol, diethyl phthalate, triethyl citrate, etc. The amount of said solvents, diluents or vehicles incorporated in the perfumes is preferably kept to the minimum necessary to provide a homogeneous perfume solution. The perfume may be present at a level of from 0% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 8%, and most preferably from about 0.2% to about 5% by weight of finished fabric care composition. When cyclodextrin is presented, it is essential that the perfume is added at a level at which even if all the perfume in the composition complexed with the cyclodextrin molecules when the cyclodextrin is present, it would still be an effective level of non-cyclodextrin molecules. complex elements present in the solution to provide adequate odor control. In order to be able to reserve an effective amount of cyclodextrin molecules for odor control when the cyclodextrin is presented, the perfume typically occurs at a level where less than about 90% of the cyclodextrin forms complexes with the perfume, preferably less than about 50. % of the cyclodextrin forms complexes with the perfume, most preferably less than about 30% of the cyclodextrin forms complexes with the perfume, and still most preferably less than 10% of the cyclodextrin forms complexes with the perfume. The weight ratio of cyclodextrin to perfume should be greater than 8: 1, preferably greater than approximately 10: 1, most preferably more than 20: 1, still most preferably more than 40: 1 and most preferably more than approximately 70: 1. Preferably, the perfume is hydrophilic and is composed predominantly of ingredients selected from two groups of ingredients, specifically, (a) hydrophilic ingredients having a ClogP less than about 3.5, more preferred less than about 3.0, and (b) ingredients having a significantly lower detection threshold, and mixtures thereof. Typically, at least about 50%, preferably at least about 60%, more preferred at least about 70%, and still more preferred at least about 80% by weight of the perfume is composed of ingredients of perfume of the previous groups (a) and (b). For these preferred perfumes, the weight ratio of cyclodextrin to perfume is typically from about 2: 1 to about 200: 1; preferably from about 4: 1 to about 100: 1, most preferably from about 6: 1 to about 50: 1, and still most preferably from about 8: 1 to about 30: 1. (a) Hydrophilic perfume ingredients Hydrophilic perfume ingredients are more water soluble, have a lower tendency to complex with cyclodextrins, and are more available in the odor absorbing composition than conventional perfume ingredients. The degree of hydrophobic character of a perfume ingredient can be correlated with its partition coefficient P in octanol / water. The octanol / water partition coefficient of a perfume ingredient is the ratio between its equilibrium concentration in octanol and in water. A perfume ingredient with a larger partition coefficient P is considered to be more hydrophobic. In contrast, a perfume ingredient with a smaller partition coefficient P is considered to be more hydrophilic. Because the partition coefficients of the perfume ingredients normally have high values, they are most conveniently given in the form of their logarithm in base 10, logP. Therefore, the hydrophilic perfume ingredients of the preferred perfume of this invention have logP values of about 3.5 or less, preferably about 3.0 or less. The logP of many perfume ingredients has been reported; for example, the Pomona92 database available from Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, California, contains many values, along with citations to the original literature. However, the logP values are calculated very conveniently through the "CLOGP" program, also available from Daylight CIS. This program also lists experimental logP values when they are available in the Pomona92 database. The "calculated logP" (ClogP) is determined by the fragment method of Hansch and Leo (cf., A. Leo, in Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Eds ., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990, incorporated in the present invention for reference). The fragment method is based on the chemical structure of each perfume ingredient, and takes into account the numbers and types of atoms, the connection of the atom and the chemical bond. The ClogP values, which are the most reliable and widely used estimates for this physico-chemical property, are used in place of the experimental logP values in selecting the perfume ingredients that are useful in the present invention. Non-limiting examples of the most preferred hydrophilic perfume ingredients are allyl amyl glycolate, allyl caproate, amyl acetate, amyl propionate, anisic aldehyde, anisyl acetate, anisole, benzaldehyde, benzyl acetate, benzyl acetone, benzyl alcohol , benzyl formate, benzyl isovalerate, benzyl propionate, beta gamma hexenol, caloña, camphor gum, laevo-carveol, d-carvone, laevo-carvone, cinnamic alcohol, cinnamyl acetate, cinnamic alcohol, cinnamyl formate, propionate of cinnamyl, cis-jasmone, cis-3-hexenyl acetate, coumarin, cuminic alcohol, cuminic aldehyde, Cyclal C, cycloalbumin, dihydroeuginol, dihydroisojasmonate, dimethylbenzylcarbinol, dimethylbenzylcarbinyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl acetoacetate, ethylamyl ketone, anthranilate ethyl, ethyl benzoate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl cinnamate, ethylhexylketone, ethylmaltol, ethyl-2-methylbutyrate, ethylmethylphenyl glycidate, ethylphenol acetate it, ethyl salicylate, ethyl vanillin, eucalyptol, eugenol, eugenyl acetate, eugenyl formate, eugenyl methyl ether, phenyl alcohol, florescetate (tricyclodecenylacetate), fructone, frutene (tricyclodecenyl propionate), geraniol, geraniloxyacetaldehyde, heliotropin, hexenol, hexenyl acetate, hexyl acetate, hexyl formate, hinocytol, hydratropic alcohol, hydroxycitronellal, hydroxy citronyl diethyl acetal, hydroxycitronylol, indole, isoamyl alcohol, isocyclic citrate, isoeugenol, isoenugelyl acetate isomentone, isopulegyl acetate, isoquinoline, Keone, ligustral, linalool, linalool oxide, linalyl formate, lyral, menthone, methylacetophenone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl anthranilate, methyl benzoate, methyl benzylacetate, methyl cinnamate, methyl dihydrojasmonate, methyleugenol, methylheptenone, methylheptin carbonate , methylheptyl ketone, methylhexyl ketone, methyl isobutenyl tetrahydropyran, methyl-N-methyl anthranilate, methylbetanyl ethyl ketone, methylphenylcarbinyl acetate, methyl salicylate, nerol, nonalactone, octalactone, octyl alcohol (octanol-2) para-anisic aldehyde, para-cresol, ether -cresylmethyl, parahydroxyphenylbutanone, para-methoxyacetophenone, para-methylacetophenone, phenoxyethanol, phenoxyethylpropionate, phenylacetaldehyde, phenylacetaldehyde diethyl ether, phenylethyloxyacetaldehyde, phenylethyl acetate, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylethyldimethylcarbinol, phenyl acetate, propyl butyrate, pulegone, rose oxide, safrole , terpineol, vanillin, viridin and mixtures thereof s. Non-limiting examples of other preferred hydrophilic perfume ingredients that can be used in the perfume compositions of this invention are allyl heptoate, amyl benzoate, anethole, benzophenone, carvacrol, citral, citronellol, citronyl nitrile, cyclohexylethyl acetate, citrate, -decenal, dihydroisojasmonate, dihydro mircenol, ethylmethylphenylglycidate, fenquil acetate, florhidral, gamma-nonalactone, geranyl formate, geranylnitrile, hexenylbutyrate, alpha-ionone, isobornyl acetate, isobutylbenzoate, isononyl alcohol, isomentol , para-isopropylphenylacetaldehyde, isopulegol, linalyl acetate, 2-methoxy naphthalene, menthyl acetate, methylcavicoi, "musk ketone, betanaphthylmethyl ether, neral, nonilaldehyde, phenylheptanol, phenylhexanol, terpinyl acetate, Veratrol, yara-yara and mixtures of The same, the preferred perfume compositions used in the invention contain at least 4 different ingredients. of hydrophilic perfume, preferably at least 5 different hydrophilic perfume ingredients, more preferred at least 6 different hydrophilic perfume ingredients, and still more preferred at least 7 different hydrophilic perfume ingredients. The most common perfume ingredients that are derived from natural sources are made up of a large number of components. When each of said materials is used in the formulation of the preferred perfume compositions of the present invention, it is counted as a single ingredient, for the purpose of defining the invention. (b) Low odor threshold odor detection ingredients The odor detection threshold of an odoriferous material is the lowest vapor concentration of that material that can be perceived by smell. The odor detection threshold and some other odor detection threshold values are discussed in, for example, "Standardized Human Olfactory Thresholds," M. Devos et al, IRL Press at Oxford University Press, 1990, and "Compilation of Odor and Taste Threshold Values Data ", FA Fazzalari, editor, ASTM Data Series DS 48A, American Society for Testing and Materials, 1978, both publications incorporated in the present invention for reference. "The use of small amounts of perfume ingredients having low odor detection threshold values can improve the character of the perfume odor, even if they are not as hydrophilic as the perfume ingredients of group (a) that were mentioned above. The perfume ingredients that do not belong to group (a), but have a significantly low detection threshold, useful in the composition of the present invention, are selected from the group consisting of ambrox, bacdanol, benzyl salicylate, butyl anthranilate, cetalox, damascenone, alpha-damascone, gamma-dodecalactone, ebanol, herbavert, cis-3-hexenyl salicylate, alpha-ionone, beta-ionone, alpha-isomethylionone, lilial, methylnonylketone, gamma-undecalactone, undecylenic aldehyde, and mixtures of These materials are preferably present at low levels in addition to the hydrophilic ingredients of group (a), typically less than about 20%, preferably less about 15%, more preferred less than about 10% by weight of the total perfume compositions of the present invention. However, only low levels are required to provide an effect. There are also hydrophilic ingredients of group (a) that have significantly low odor detection threshold, and are especially useful in the composition of the present invention. Examples of these ingredients are allyl amyl glycolate, anethole, benzyl acetate, caloe, cinnamic alcohol, coumarin, cycloalbumin, Cyclal C, cimal, 4-decane, dihydroisojasmonate, ethyl anthranilate, ethyl-2-methyl butyrate, glycylate ethylmethylphenyl, ethylvanillin, eugenol, florichate, florhydrate, fructone, frutene, heliotropin, keone, idol, isociclocitral, isoeugenol, liral, methylheptin carbonate, linaool, methyl anthranilate, methyl dihydrojasmonate, methyl isobutenyltetrahydropyran, methylbetanyl ethyl ketone, methyl betanaphthyl ether, nerol , para-anisic aldehyde, parahydroxyphenylbutanone, phenylacetaldehyde, vanillin, and mixtures thereof. The use of low threshold odor detection perfume ingredients minimizes the level of organic material that is released into the atmosphere.

Antimicrobial Active Optionally, the color improving composition of the present invention comprises an effective amount, to eliminate or reduce the growth of microbes, of antimicrobial active; preferably from about 0.001% to about 2%, most preferably from about 0.002% to about 1%, still most preferably from about 0.003% to about 0.3%, by weight of the use composition. The effective antimicrobial active can function as a disinfectant / sanitizer, and is useful to provide protection against organisms that adhere to the fabrics. The following are non-limiting examples of antimicrobial actives which are useful in the present invention: Pyrithiones, especially the zinc complex (ZTP); Octopirox; parabens, including methylparaben, propylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, soproylparaben, isobutylparaben, benzylparaben, sodium methylparaben and propylparaben sodium; DMDM hydantoin (Glydant); methylchloroisothiazolinone / methylisothiazolinone (Kathon CG); sodium sulfite; sodium bisulfite; imidazolidinyl urea; diazolidinyl urea (Germail 2); sorbic acid / potassium sorbate; dehydroacetic acid / sodium dehydroacetate; benzyl alcohol; sodium borate; 2-bromo-2-nitropropan-1,3-diol (Bronopol); formalin; iodopropynyl butylcarbamate; boric acid; chloroacetamide; methenamine; methyldibromo glutaronitrile; glutaraldehyde; hexamidine isethionate; 5-bromo-5-nitro-1,3-dioxane; phenethyl alcohol; o-phenylphenol / o-phenylphenol sodium; sodium hydroxymethylglycinate; bicyclic oxazolidine polymethoxy; dimethoxane; timersol; dichlorobenzyl alcohol; they catch chlorphenenesin; dichlorophene; chlorbutanol; phenoxyethanol; phenoxyisopropanol; halogenated diphenyl ethers; 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxydiphenyl ether (Triclosan); 2,2'-dihydroxy-5-5'-dibromo-diphenyl ether; phenolic compounds (including phenol and its homologs, mono- and polyalkyl and aromatic halophenols, resorcinol and its derivatives, bisphenolic compounds and halogenated salicylanilides); phenol and its homologs including phenol, 2-methyl phenol, 3-methylphenol, 4-methylphenol, 4-ethylphenol, 2,4-dimethylphenol, 2,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4-dimethylphenol, 2,6-dimethylphenol, 4- n-propylphenol, 4-n-butylphenol, 4-n-amylphenol, 4-tert-amylphenol, 4-n-hexylphenol, and 4-n-heptylphenol; mono- and poly-alkyl and aromatic halophenols including p-chlorophenol, methyl p-chlorophenol, ethyl p-chlorophenol, n-propyl p-chlorophenol, n-butyl p-chlorophenol, n-amyl p-chlorophenol, sec-amyl p- chlorophenol, n-hexyl p-chlorophenol, ciciohexyl p-chlorophenol, n-heptyl p-chlorophenol, n-octyl p-chlorophenol, o-chlorophenol, methyl o-chlorophenol, ethyl or chlorophenol, n-propyl or-chlorophenol, n- butyl o-chlorophenol, n-amyl o-chlorophenol, ter-amyl o-chlorophenol, n-hexyl o-chlorophenol, n-heptyl or-chlorophenol, or benzyl p-chlorophenol, o-benzyl-m-methyl p-chlorophenol, o-benzyl-m, m-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, o-phenylethyl p-chlorophenol, o-phenylethyl-m-methyl p-cyclophenol, 3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-ethyl -3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-n-propyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-isopropyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 2-ethyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6- sec-butyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 2-iso-propyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-diethylmethyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, 6-iso-propyl-2-ethyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, p-chlorophenol, 2-sec-amyl-3,5-dimethyl p- chlorophenol, 2-diethylmethyl-3,5-dimethyl p-chlorophenol, 6-sec-octyl-3-methyl p-chlorophenol, p-chloro-m-cresol, p-bromophenol, methyl p-bromophenol, ethyl p-bromophenol, n-propyl p-bromophenol, n-butyl p-bromophenol, n-amyl p-bromophenol, sec-amyl p-bromophenol, n-hexyl p-bromophenol, ciciohexyl p-bromophenol, o-bromophenol, ter-amyl or-bromophenol , n-hexyl o-bromophenol, n-propyl-m, m-dimethyl o-bromophenol, 2-phenylphenol, 4-chloro-2-methylphenol, 4-chloro-3-methylphenol, 4-chloro-3,5-dimethylphenol , 2,4-dichloro-3,5-dimethylphenol, 3,4,5,6-terabromo-2-methylphenol, 5-methyl-2-pentylphenol, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenol, para-chloro-meta-xyleneol (pcmx), 5-chloro-2-hydroxydiphenylmethane; resorcinol and its derivatives including resorcinol, methyl resorcinol, ethyl resorcinol, n-propyl resorcinol, n-butyl resorcinol, n-amyl resorcinol, n-hexyl resorcinol, n-heptyl resorcinol, n-octyl resorcinol, n-nonyl resorcinol, phenyl resorcinol , benzyl resorcinol, phenylethyl resorcinol, phenylpropyl resorcinol, p-chlorobenzyl resorcinol, 5-chloro-2,4-dihydroxyphenyl methane, 4'-chloro-2,4-dihydroxydiphenyl methane, 5-bromo-2,4-dihydroxyphenyl methane, and 4'- bromine 2,4-dihydroxydiphenylmethane; bisphenolic compounds including 2,2'-methylene bis (4-chlorophenol), 2,2'-methylene bis (3,4,6-trichlorophenol), 2,2'-methylene bis (4-chloro-6-bromophenol), sulfur of bis (2-hydroxy-3,5-dichlorophenyl) and bis (2-hydroxy-5-chlorobenzyl) sulfide; benzoic esters including p-hydroxybenzoic acid, methyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid, propyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid and butyl p-hydroxybenzoic acid. Another class of antibacterial agents, which are useful in the present invention, are so-called "natural" antibacterial actives, referred to as natural essential oils. These assets derive their names from their natural presence in plants. The natural antibacterial assets of typical essential oils include anise oils, lemon, orange, rosemary, wintergreen, thymus, lavender, clove, hops, tea tree, citronella, wheat, barley, lemon, cedar leaf, cedar wood, cinnamon, grass pulguera, geranium, sandalwood, violet, cranberry, eucalyptus, verbena, mint, benzoin gum, Hydastis carradensis, Berberidaceae daceae, Ratanhiae and Curcuma longa. Also included in this class of natural essential oils are the key chemical components of vegetable oils that have been discovered to provide an antimicrobial benefit. These chemical compounds include, but are not limited to, anethole, catechol, camphene, carvacol, eugenol, eucalyptol, ferulic acid, farnesol, hinoquitiol, tropolone, limonene, menthol, methyl salicylate, thymol, terpineol, verbenone, berberine, extract of ratanhiae, cariophelene oxide, citronellic acid, curcumin, nerolidol, geraniol and benzoic acid. Additional active agents are antibacterial metal salts. This class generally includes the salts of the metals of groups 3b-7b, 8 and 3a-5a. Specifically, they are the salts of aluminum, zirconium, zinc, silver, gold, copper, lanthanum, tin, mercury, bismuth, selenium, strontium, scandium, yttrium, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, promethene, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium. , holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium, lutetium and mixtures thereof. Preferred antimicrobial agents for use herein are the broad spectrum active selected from the group consisting of Triclosan, phenoxyisopropanol, phenoxyethanol, PCMX, natural essential oils and their key ingredients, and mixtures thereof. The most preferred antimicrobial active for use in the present invention is Triclosan.

Quaternary Compounds A wide range of quaternary compounds can also be used as antimicrobial active ingredients, in conjunction with the preferred surfactants, for the compositions of the present invention. Non-limiting examples of useful quaternary compounds include: (1) benzalkonium chlorides and / or substituted benzalkonium chlorides such as the following which are commercially available: Barquat® (available from Lonza), Maquat® (available from Mason) , Variquat® (available from Witco / Sherex), and Hyamine® (available from Lonza); (2) Short chain quaternary Ce-Cu dialkyl (C- alkyl and / or hydroxyalkyl) such as Londa's Bardac® products. These quaternary compounds contain two relatively short chains, for example, C? -4 -4 alquilo and / or hydroxyalkyl groups and two C grupos-12-12 alkyl groups, preferably Cß-, and preferably C de, (, (3) N-chlorides. (3-chloroalyl) hexaminium such as Dowicide® and Dowicil® available from Dow; (4) Benzethonium chloride such as Hyamine 1622 from Rohm & Haas; (5) methylbenzethonium chloride represented by Hyamine® 10X supplied by Rohm & Haas, (6) cetylpyridinium chloride such as cepacol chloride available from Merrell Labs. Examples of the preferred dialkyl quaternary compounds are dialkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride of C8-C? 2, such as didecyldimethylammonium chloride (Bardac 22), and dioctyldimethylammonium (Bardac 2050). Typical concentrations in terms of biocidal effectiveness of these quaternary compounds range from about 0.001% to about 0.8%, preferably from about 0.005% to about 0.3%, most preferred from about 0.01% to 0.2% by weight of the use composition. The corresponding concentrations for the concentrated compositions are from about 0.003% to about 2%, preferably from about 0.006% to about 1.2%, and more preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.8% by weight of the concentrated compositions. When the cyclodextrin is present, the solubilized water-soluble antimicrobial active is useful to provide protection against organisms that adhere to the treated fabrics. The antimicrobial should be compatible with cyclodextrin, for example, which does not form substantially complexes with the cyclodextrin in the odor absorbing composition when the cyclodextrin is present. The antimicrobial active without forming complex, free, for example, active antibacterial provides an optimal antibacterial performance.

Sanitization of fabrics can be achieved by the compositions of the present invention containing antimicrobial materials, for example, halogenated antibacterial compounds, quaternary compounds, and phenolic compounds.

Biguanides. Some of the stronger halogenated antimicrobial compounds compatible with cyclodextrin which can function as disinfectants / sanitizers as well as preservatives of finished products (vide infra) and are useful in the compositions of the present invention include 1,1'-hexamethylene bis (5- ( p-chlorophenyl) biguanide), commonly known as chlorhexidine, and its salts, for example, with hydrochloric, acetic and gluconic acids. The digluconate salt is highly soluble in water, about 70% in water, and the diacetate salt has a solubility of about 1.8% in water. When chlorhexidine is used as a sanitizer in the present invention it is typically present at a level of from about 0.001% to about 0.4%, preferably from about 0.002% to about 0.3% and most preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.2% in weight of the composition of use. In some cases, a level of about 1% to about 2% may be necessary for virucidal activity. Other useful biguanide compounds include Cosmoci® CQR, Vantocil® IB, including poly (hexamethylenebiguanide) hydrochloride. Other useful cationic antimicrobial agents include the bis-biguanide alkanes.

Useful water-soluble salts of the above are chlorides, bromides, sulfates, alkylsulfonates such as methylsulfonate and ethylsulfonate, phenylsulfonates such as p-methylphenylsulfonates, nitrates, acetates, gluconates and the like. Examples of suitable bis-biguanide compounds are chlorhexidine; 1,6-bis- (2-ethylhexylbiguanidohexane) dihydrochloride; 1,6,6-di- (N- |, N < 1'-phenyl-guanido-N5, N5 ') -hexane tetrachlorohydrate; 1, 6-di- (N- |, N? '- phenyl-N <), Ni'-metildiguanido-Ns.Ns'J-hexane dihydrochloride; 1,6-di (N? ? '- 2,6-dichlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane, di-hydrochloride of 1,6-di [N- |, N- | '-. Beta .- (p-methoxyphenyl) diguanido-N5 , N5 '] - hexane; 1,6-di (N?, N, -alpha.-methyl-.beta.-phenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane dihydrochloride, 1-6-dihydrochloride di (N- |, N-) '- p-nitrophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane; dihydrochloride .omega.: omega .'- di- (N?, N? '- phenolidiguan'do-N5, N5') - dl-n-propyl ether; .omega tetrachlorohydrate: omega'-di (N?, N? '- p-chlorophenyl-guanido-N5, N5') - di-n-propyl ether; 1,6,6-di (N- |, N? '- 2,4-dichlorophenoylguanide-N5, N5') -hexane tetrachlorohydrate; 1, 6-di (N- |, N- | '-p-methylphenylguanido-N5, N5') -hexane dihydrochloride; 1,6,6-di (N?, N? '- 2,4,5-trichlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane tetrachlorohydrate; 1, 6-di [N-j, N- | '-. alpha .- (p-chlorophenyl) ethyldiguanido-N5, N5'] hexane dihydrochloride; omega.'di dihydrochloride (N-?, N- | '-p-chlorophenyldiguanide- Ns.Ns'Jdodecane; 1,1-dihydrochloride (N?, N?' - phenol) guanid-N5, N5 ') -decane; tetrahydrochloride of l. ^ - d Ni.Ni'-phenyldiguanido-Ns.Ns'Jdodecane; 1,6-dihydrochloride (N- |, N- |' -o -chlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5 ') -hexane; 1,6-di (N- |, N?' - p-chlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5 ') -hexane; ethylenebis (1-tolylbiguanide); ethylenebis (p-) tetrahydrochloride; tolylbiguanide), ethylenebis (3,5-dimethylphenylbigaunide), ethylenebis (p-ter-amiphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (nonylphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (phenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (N-butylphenylbiguanide), ethylenebis (2,5-di-ethoxyphenylbiguanide); ethylenebis (2,4-dimethylphenylbiguanide); ethylenebis (o-diphenylbiguanide); mixed ethylenebisamylnaphthylbiguanide); N-butylethylenebis (phenylbiguanide); trimethylenebis (o-tolylbiguanide); N-butyltrimethylenebis (phenylbiguanide); and the corresponding pharmaceutically acceptable salts of all of the foregoing such as the acetates; gluconates; hydrochlorides; Hydrobromides; citrates; bisulfites; fluorides; polymaleates; N-cocoalkylsarcosinates; phosphites; hypophosphites; perfluorooctanoates; silicates; sorbates; salicylates; maleates; tartrates; fumarates; ethylenediaminetetraacetates; iminodiacetates; cinnamates; thiocyanates; arginites; pyromelitates ", tetracarboxybutyrates, benzoates, glutarates, monofluorophosphates, and perfluoropropionates and mixtures thereof Preferred antimicrobials of this group are 1,3-di-N-i. N-i'-phenyldiguanide tetrachlorohydrate-Ns.Ns'J- hexane; 1,6-di- (N?, N- | '-o-chlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane dihydrochloride; 1,6-dihydrochloride (Nj, N- | '-2,6- dichlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5 ') -hexane, 1,6-dihydrochloride (N < RTI ID = 0.0 >, N?' - 2,4-dichlorophenoxy-N5, Ns'Jhexane; di. N-i '- .alpha.-Ip-chloropheni ethyldiguanide-Ns.Ns'Jhexane; omega.'di dihydrochloride (N?, N < /' -p-chlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5 ') m-xylene; 1,2-di-dihydrochloride (N < N, N < 1 > -p-chlorophenyl-guanido-N5, N5 ') dodecane; di-di-N-i. N-i' dihydrochloride -o-chlorophenyldiguanide-Ns.Ns'Jhexane; l.β-diNi.N-i'-p-chlorophenyldiguanide-Ns.Ns'J-hexane tetrachlorohydrate; and mixtures thereof, most preferably dihydrochloride 1-6- di (N?, N? '- o- ciorofenildiguanido-N5, N5 I have xano; 1,6-dihydrochloride (N?, N < | '-2,6-dichlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane; 1,6-di (N-j, N? '- 2,4-dichlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') hexane tetrachlorohydrate; 1, 6-dihydrochloride [N- | , N- | '-. Alpha .- (p-chlorophenyl) ethyldiguanido-N5, N5'] hexane; omega.'di dihydrochloride (N- | .N ^ '-p-chlorophenyldiguanido-Ns.Ns'Jm-xylene; 1,2-di (N- |, N?' - p- dihydrochloride chlorofenylguanido-N5, N5 ') dodecane; 1,6-diNi. N-i'-o-chlorophenyldiguanido-Ns.Ns'Jhexano dihydrochloride; 1,6,6-di (N < N, N- | '-p-chlorophenyldiguanide-N5, N5') -hexane tetrachlorohydrate; and mixtures thereof. Corns and indicated above, the bisbiguanide of choice is chlorhexidine and its salts, for example, digluconate, hydrochloride, diacetate and mixtures thereof. Surfactants, when added to antimicrobials, tend to provide improved antimicrobial action. This is especially true for siloxane surfactants, and especially when the siloxane surfactants are combined with the antimicrobial actives of chlorhexidine.

Aminocarboxylate chelators Chelating agents, for example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), hydroxyethylene diaminetriacetic acid, diethylenetriaminpentaacetic acid, and other aminocarboxylate chelating agents, and mixtures thereof, and their salts, and mixtures thereof, may optionally be used to increase the effectiveness antimicrobial and conservative against Gram negative bacteria, especially Pseudomonas species. Although sensitivity to EDTA and other aminocarboxylate chelators is primarily a characteristic of the Pseudomonas species, other bacterial species highly susceptible to chelators include Achromobacter. Alcaligenes, Azotobacter, Escherichia, Salmonella, Spirillum, and Vibrio. Other groups of organisms also show increased sensitivities to these chelators, including fungi and yeasts. In addition, aminocarboxylate chelators can help, for example, to maintain the clarity of the product, protecting the components of fragrance and perfume, and preventing rancidity and odors. Although these aminorboxylate chelators may not be potent biocides per se, they function as enhancers to improve the performance of other antimicrobials / preservatives in the compositions of the present invention. Aminocarboxylate chelating agents can enhance the performance of many of the cationic, anionic and nonionic antimicrobials / preservatives, phenolic compounds, and isothiazolinones, which are used as antimicrobials / preservatives in the composition of the present invention. Non-limiting examples of cationic antimicrobials / preservatives boosted by aminocarboxylate chelating agents in solutions are the chlorhexidine salts (including digluconate salts, diacetate and dihydrochloride), and Quaternium-15, also known as Dowicil 200, Dowicide Q, Preventol D1, Benzalkonium, Cetrimonium, Myristalconium chloride, Cetylpyridinium chloride, Laurylpyridinium chloride, and the like. Non-limiting examples of useful anionic antimicrobials / preservatives that are increased by aminocarboxylate chelators are sorbic acid and potassium sorbate.

Non-limiting examples of useful nonionic antimicrobials / preservatives that are potentiated by aminocarboxylate chelators are DMDM hydantoin, phenethyl alcohol, monolaurin, imidazolidinyl urea, and Bronopol (2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol). Examples of useful phenolic antimicrobials / preservatives enhanced by these chelating agents are chloroxylenol, phenol, tert-butyl hydroxyanisole, salicylic acid, resorcinol, and o-phenyl sodium phenate. Non-limiting examples of antimicrobials / isothiazolinone preservatives that are increased by aminocarboxylate chelators are Kathon, Proxel and Promexal. Optional chelators are presented in the compositions of this invention at levels of, typically, from about 0.01% to about 0.3%, most preferably from about 0.02% to about 0.01%, most preferably from about 0.02% to about 0.05% by weight of the compositions of use to provide antimicrobial efficacy in this invention. The free, complex, aminocarboxylate chelating agents are required to enhance the efficacy of antimicrobials. Therefore, when there are excesses of alkaline earth metal (especially calcium and magnesium) and transition metals (iron, manganese, copper and others), free chelators are not available and antimicrobial potency is not observed. In the case where the important transition metals or water hardness metals are available or when the aesthetics of the product requires a specified chelator level, higher levels may be required to allow availability of unfractionated aminocarboxylate chelators, free to function as antimicrobial / conservative enhancers.

Antimicrobial preservative Optionally, but preferably, an antimicrobial preservative may be added to the composition of the present invention, preferably antimicrobial preservative, water soluble, solubilized, to protect the active agent for the color care of fabrics and / or other easily degradable organic ingredients such as natural polysaccharides, that their molecules are made, for example, of varying numbers of glucose units that can convert them into a main breeding area for certain microorganisms, especially when they are found in aqueous compositions. This disadvantage can lead to the problem of storage stability of fabric care solutions for any important period of time. Contamination by certain microorganisms with subsequent microbial growth may result in a non-visible and / or malodorous solution. Because microbial growth in fabric care solutions is highly objectionable when it occurs, it is preferable to include an antimicrobial preservative, preferably a water-soluble, antimicrobial preservative, which is effective to inhibit and / or regulate microbial growth. in order to increase the storage stability of the aqueous, preferably clear, odor absorbent solution containing the active agent for fabric color care. - It is preferable to use a broad-spectrum conservative, for example, one that is effective on both bacteria (gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria) and fungi. A limited spectrum conservative, for example, one that is effective only in a single group of microorganisms, for example fungi, can be used in combination with a broad spectrum conservator or other limited spectrum conservatives with complementary and / or supplemental activity. A mixture of broad spectrum preservatives can also be used. In some cases when a specific group of microbial contaminants is problematic (such as Gram negative), the aminocarboxylate chelating agents can be used alone or as enhancers in conjunction with other preservatives. These chelators including, for example, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), hydroxyethylene diamine triacetic acid, diethylenetriaminpentaacetic acid, and other aminocarboxylate chelating agents, and mixtures thereof, and their salts, and mixtures thereof, may increase the effectiveness of preservation against bacteria. Gram negative especially of the Pseudomonas species. Antimicrobial preservatives useful in the present invention include biocidal compounds, i.e., substances that kill microorganisms, or biostatic compounds, i.e., substances that inhibit and / or regulate the growth of microorganisms. Suitable preservatives are described in the patents of E.U.A. 5,534,165; 5,578,563; 5,663,134; ,668,097; 5,670,475; and 5,174,137, Trinh et al. issued on July 9, 1996; November 26, 1996; September 2, 1997; September 16, 1997; September 23, 1997; and February 3, 1998, respectively, all prior patents are incorporated herein by reference. Many antimicrobial preservatives are presented in the section on Antimicrobial Active hereinabove. Water-insoluble antimicrobial preservatives such as paraben and triclosan are useful in the fabric care compositions of the present invention, but require the use of a solubilizer, an emulsifier, a dispersing agent, or the like, such as a surfactant. and / or cyclodextrin to effectively distribute said preservative in the liquid composition. Preferred antimicrobial preservatives are those that are soluble in water and effective at low levels. Water-soluble preservatives useful in the present invention are those which have a solubility in water of at least 0.3 g per 100 ml of water, ie, more than about 0.3% at room temperature, preferably more than about 0.5% at room temperature ambient. The water-soluble antimicrobial preservative in the present invention is included in an effective amount. The term "effective amount" as defined herein means a level sufficient to prevent deterioration, or to prevent the growth of microorganisms inadvertently added, during a specific period of time. In other words, the preservative is not used to remove microorganisms on the surface in which the composition is deposited in order to eliminate the odors produced by microorganisms. Instead, it is preferably used to prevent deterioration of the active solution for the fabric color care and to increase the life of the shell of the composition. Preferred levels of preservative are from about 0.0001% to about 0.5%, most preferably from about 0.0002% to about 0.2%, still most preferably from about 0.0003% to about 0.1%, by weight of the use composition. The preservative can be any organic preservative material that will not cause damage to the appearance of the fabrics, for example, discoloration, coloration, bleaching. Preferred water-soluble preservatives include organic sulfur compounds, halogenated compounds, cyclic organic nitrogen compounds, low molecular weight aldehydes, quaternary ammonium compounds, dehydroacetic acid, phenyl and phenolic compounds, and mixtures thereof. The preservatives of the present invention can be used in mixtures to control a wide range of microorganisms. Bacteriostatic effects can sometimes be obtained for aqueous compositions by adjusting the pH of the composition to an acid pH, for example, less than about pH 4, preferably less than about pH 3, or a basic pH, eg, more than about 10, preferably more than about 11.

Fabric Softening Active The fabric care compositions of the present invention may optionally contain fabric softening active. A liquid composition that is added to the rinse typically contains from about 1% to about 75%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 45%, and most preferably still from about 4% to about 35% by weight of the composition, of a fabric softening agent. For a composition that is added to the dryer, the levels are from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 10% to about 80%, most preferably from about 20% to about 70% and most preferably still from about 25% to about 60% active fabric softener. For a spray composition the levels are from about 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 7%, most preferably from about 0.5% to about 5%. Fabric care compositions that are added during rinsing that contain fabric softening actives herein may comprise liquid compositions which may be either dispersions or clear solutions.

Dispersion Compositions Stable "dispersion" compositions can be prepared as those described in the U.S.A. No. 4,661, 269, issued April 28, 1987, to T. Trinh et al and patent of E.U.A. No. 5,545,340, issued August 13, 1996 to Wahl et al., Said patents being incorporated herein by reference. Suitable optional components in addition to the softening active are described below. The liquid dispersion compositions herein can be diluted and concentrated, but preferably concentrated.

Clear compositions Preferred compositions are concentrated and clear, comprising: I. from about 2% to about 80%, preferably from about 13% to about 75%, most preferably from about 17% to about 70% and most preferably still from about 19% to about 65% by weight of the composition, of active fabric softener, having a phase transition temperature of less than about 50 ° C, preferably of less than about 35 ° C, most preferably of less than about 20 ° C and most preferably still less than about 0 ° C, preferably being biodegradable fabric softener active containing unsaturated alkyl groups and / or branched fatty alkyl groups, said unsaturated alkyl groups having an iodine value (VI ) average of at least 40, a level of polyunsaturation preferably being at least about 5%, and with the level of acyl groups of C18: 3 in the supply material of the starting fatty acyl source to make the active fabric softener preferably being less than about 1% by weight. II. less than about 40%, preferably from about 10% to about 35%, most preferably from about 12% to about 25% and most preferably still from about 14% to about 20% by weight of the main solvent composition having a ClogP of from about -2.0 to about 2.6, preferably from about 1.7 to about 1.7 and most preferably from about -1.0 to about 1.0 and preferably having some degree of asymmetry; optionally, but preferably an effective amount, sufficient to improve clarity, of water soluble solvents of low molecular weight such as ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, propylene carbonate, etc .; and optionally, but preferably, an effective amount for improving clarity, of calcium salt and / or magnesium soluble in water, preferably chloride; III. optionally, but highly preferred for clear / translucent compositions, at least one effective level of main solvent preferably having a ClogP of from about -2.0 to about 2.6, most preferably from about -1.7 to about 1.6, and most preferably still from about -1.0 to about 1.0, as defined below, typically at a level that is less than about 40%, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably from about 3% to about 8% by weight of the composition; IV. optionally, but preferably from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight, preferably from about 0.75% to about 2.5% by weight of the composition and most preferably from about 1% to about 2% by weight of the electrolyte composition as defined below; V. optionally, but preferably from 0% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 7% and most preferably from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the phase stabilizer composition, preferably surfactant which it contains alkoxylation, and also preferably having an HLB of from about 8 to about 20, most preferably from about 10 to about 18 and most preferably still from about 11 to about 15.; and I saw. the rest water, minor ingredients and / or water soluble solvents. The preferred major solvent and / or electrolyte levels, as well as the identity of the main solvent, are usually selected according to the level of identity of the softener. Preferred levels and identity of the main solvent, electrolyte and phase stabilizer that will give clear stable compositions are taught in the patent application of E.U.A.

Copendent Series No. 09 / 309,128, filed May 10, 1999, Frankenbach et al., incorporated herein by reference. - The ClogP of a solvent is the calculated logarithm to base 10 of the partition coefficient (P) octanol / water of said solvent. The ClogP values are conveniently calculated through the "CLOGP" program, available from Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, California. The "calculated logP" (ClogP) is determined by the fragment approach of Hansch and Leo (cf., A. Leo, in Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, PG Sammens, JB Taylor and CA Ramsden, Eds ., p 295, Pergamon Press, 1990, incorporated herein by reference). In fragment approach it is based on the chemical structure of each ingredient and takes into account the numbers and types of atoms, the connectivity of atoms and the chemical bond. Other methods that can be used to calculate ClogP include, for example, the Crippen's fragmentation method as described in J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 29, 163 (1989); and the Broto method as described in Eur. J. Med. Chem. -Chim. Theor., 19, 71 (1984).

Fabric Softening Assets Fabric softening actives that can be used herein are described, at least generically for the basic structures, in the U.S. Patents. numbers 3,408,361, Mannheimer, issued October 29, 1968; 4,709,045; Kubo et al, issued on November 24, 1987; 4,233,451, Pracht et al., Issued November 11, 1980; 4,127,489, Pracht et al., Issued November 28, 1979; 3,689,424, Berg et al., Issued September 5, 1972; 4,128,485, Baumann et al., Issued December 5, 1978; 4,161, 604, Elster et al., Issued July 17, 1979; 4,189,593, Wechsler et al., Issued February 19, 1980; 4,339,391, Hoffman et al., Issued July 13, 1982; 3,861, 870, Edwards and Diehl; 4,308,151, Cambre; 3,886,075, Bemardino; 4,233,164, Davis; 4,401, 578, Verbruggen; 3,974,076, Wiersema and Rieke; 4,237,016, Rudkin, Clint and Young; 4,885,102, Yamamura et al., Issued December 5, 1989; 4,937,008, Yamamura et al., Issued June 26, 1990; and 5,133,885, Contor et al., issued July 28, 1992; Case 4768C, Trinh et al .; and European patent applications 91 / 336,267, Rutzen et al. and 91 / 423,894, Contor et al. and the international patent WO 91/01295, Trius et al., published on February 7, 1991, all prior patents and applications are incorporated herein by reference. Other useful fabric softening actives are described in the U.S. patent. 4,661, 269, issued April 28, 1987, to T. Trinh, E. H. Wahl, D. M. Swartley and R. L. Hemingway. The fabric softening actives linked with biodegradable ester and / or amide are described, for example, in US Pat. No. 5,545,340, issued August 13, 1996 to Wahl et al. Fabric softening actives linked with biodegradable ester and / or unsaturated amide in concentrated clear compositions are described in US Pat. No. 5,759,990, issued June 2, 1998 in the names of Wahl, Tordil, Trinh, Carr, Keys and Meyer, and in the U.S. patent. No. 5,747,443, issued May 5, 1998 in the names of Wahl, Trinh, Gosselink, Letton and Sivik. All of the above patents are incorporated herein by reference. Any active fabric softener, including quaternary and non-quaternary softening actives, with saturated, partially saturated, unsaturated and / or highly unsaturated alkyl groups, with straight linear chains and / or branched alkyl groups, can be used in the composition for care of fabrics that are added during the rinsing of the present invention. The softening active of biodegradable fabrics are preferred. A preferred fabric care composition herein uses active fabric softener with highly unsaturated and / or branched hydrophobic chains, preferably biodegradable, selected from the softening actives of highly unsaturated and / or branched fabrics, and mixtures thereof. These softening actives of highly unsaturated and / or branched fabrics have the required properties to allow high levels of use to provide additional fabric appearance benefits, including the recovery of color appearance of the fabrics, improved color integrity and anti-wrinkle benefits. Fabric softening actives of saturated and / or low unsaturation fabrics, for example, iodine value of less than about 10, and fabric softening actives with unsaturated chains having the trans configuration, can usually provide a better smoothing performance by unit weight, but they are more difficult to concentrate, therefore they can be used in compositions with lower fabric softening active levels, typically below about 30%, preferably below 25%, most preferably below 20% by weight of the composition. Preferred fabric softening active agents of the present invention comprise most of the following compounds: Active fabric softener composition of quaternary ammonium diester (DEQA) (1) The first type of DEQA preferably comprises, as the main active agent, compounds of the formula: { R4-m-N + - [(CH2) n-Y-R1] m} A - wherein each R substituent is hydrogen, a short chain alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C Cß, preferably C? -C3, for example, methyl (more preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, poly group (C2-3 alkoxy), preferably polyethoxy group, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from 1 to approximately 4; each Y is -0- (0) C-, -C (0) -0-, -NR-C (O) -o -C (0) -NR-; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one when Y is -0- (0) C- or -NR-C (O) -, is C? 2-C22, preferably C? 4-C20, each R1 being a hydrocarbyl group or substituted hydrocarbyl group, and A "can be any anion compatible with the fabric softener, preferably, chloride, bromide, methylisulfate, etiisulfate, sulfate and nitrate, more preferably chloride or methylisulfate (as used herein, the "percentage of softening active agent" containing a determined R1 group, is based on considering a percentage of the total active agent based on the percentage that the determined R1 group is, of the total R1 groups present.) - (2) One second type of active agent DEQA has the general formula: [R3N + CH2CH (YR1) (CH2YR1)] A "wherein each Y, R, R1 and A" has the same meaning given above, said compounds include those having the formula: [CH ^ N ^ tCHzCHÍC ^ OíJCR ^ OÍOJCR ^ CI0 where each R is a methyl or ethyl group, and preference each R1 is on the scale of C15 to C19. These types of agents and general methods for obtaining them are described in the U.S. patent. No. 4,137,180, Naik et al., Issued January 30, 1979, which is incorporated herein by reference. An example of a preferred DEQA of formula (2) is the "propyl ester" quaternary ammonium fabric softening agent having the formula of 1,2-di (acyloxy-3-trimethylammoniopropane chloride, wherein the acyl is identical to that of the FA1 mixture described below.These biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compounds preferably contain the C (0) R1 group, which is preferably derived from partially hydrogenated fatty acids from natural sources, for example, derivatives of animal fat, such as tallow fatty acids, unsaturated fatty acids, for example, oleic acid and polyunsaturated fatty acids, such as those derived from vegetable oils such as canola oil, safflower oil, peanut oil, oil, are more preferred. of sunflower, corn oil, soybean oil, tallow, rice bran oil, etc. Non-limiting examples of fatty acids (FA) are given in US Patent No. 5,759,990 in US Pat. to column 4, lines 45 to 66. Fabric softening active agents containing unsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids are preferred in the formulation of the fabric color care compositions of the present invention. Mixtures of fatty acids can be used and preferred. Non-limiting examples of fatty acids that can be mixed to form fatty acid mixtures (FA) of this invention are: Acrylic group qraso FA1 FA2 FA Cu 0 0 1 Cie 3 4 20 C14: 1 0 0 0 C16: 1 1 1 0 C18: 1 79 29 45 C18: 2 13 50 C18: 3 0 Unknown 0 0 3 Total 100 100 100 IV 99 125-138 56 cis / trans (C 18: 1) 5 - 6 Not available 7 TPU 14 57 6 FA1 is partially hydrogenated fatty acid prepared from canola oil, FA2 is fatty acid prepared from soybean oil and FA3 is a slightly hydrogenated tallow fatty acid. The iodine value (referred to as "IV" in the present), is used to define the level of unsaturation of a fatty acid. As used herein, the iodine value of the "parent" fatty acid or "corresponding" fatty acid from which the R1 group is derived is also used to define the level of unsaturation of a fabric softening active. The IV of the parent fatty acids of this group R1 is from about 0 to about 140, more preferably from about 40 to about 130, on average. For clear, concentrated compositions, the IV is preferably from about 70 to about 140, most preferably from about 80 to about 130, and still most preferably from about 90 to about 115, on average. It is preferred that at least a majority of the fatty acyl groups be unsaturated, for example from about 50% to 100%, preferably from about 55% to about 100%, most preferably from about 60% to about 100% . The cis / trans ratio for the unsaturated fatty acyl groups is important, with a preferred cis / trans ratio of about 1: 1 to about 50: 1, with a minimum of 1: 1, preferably at least 3: 1, and very preferably from about 4: 1 to about 20: 1. - The long chain hydrocarbon groups may also comprise branched chains, for example, of isostearic acid, at least for part of the groups. The total active represented by the branched chain groups, when present is typically from about 1% to about 100%, preferably from about 10% to about 70%, most preferably from about 20% to about 50%. Unsaturated fatty acyl groups, including polyunsaturates, not only provide surprisingly effective softener, but also provide better absorbance characteristics, good antistatic properties and superior recovery after freezing and thawing. These highly unsaturated / branched materials provide excellent softening while minimizing the loss of water absorbency and the feeling of "greasy" fabrics. These two characteristics allow using higher levels of softening active than would ordinarily be desirable, which provides several additional benefits, including remarkable color maintenance, protection and / or recovery for colored fabrics, especially cotton fabrics and colored cotton blends, Improved anti-wrinkle benefit, improved fiber integrity, that is, less damage to fabrics, improved anti-static benefits and a high level of softness.

Highly unsaturated materials are also easier to formulate in concentrated premixes that keep their viscosity low and therefore are easier to process, for example, pumping, mixing, etc. these highly unsaturated materials with only a minimal amount of solvent that is normally associated with said materials, ie, from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 8% to about 25%, most preferably about 10% to about 20% by weight of the softener / total solvent mixture, are also easier to formulate into stable concentrated dispersion compositions of the present invention, even at ambient temperatures. It will be understood that the substituents R and R 1 may be optionally substituted with various groups such as alkoxy or hydroxy groups, while the R 1 groups retain their basically hydrophobic character. Preferred compounds can be considered variations of biodegradable diester of ditallowdimethylammonium chloride (hereinafter referred to as "DTDMAC"), which is a widely used fabric softening active. A preferred long-chain DEQA is DEQA prepared from sources containing high levels of polyunsaturation, ie, N, N-di (acyl-oxyethyl) -N, N-dimethylammonium chloride, wherein the acyl is derived from fatty acids containing sufficient polyunsaturation. As used herein, when the diester (m = 2) is specified, it may include the monoester (m = 1) and / or triester (m = 3) which is present. Preferably, at least about 70% of DEQA is in the diester form, and from 0% to about 30% can be monoester of DEQA. For softening, under laundry conditions that do not have detergent or that have little detergent - the percentage of monoester should be as low as possible, preferably not more than about 15%. However, under conditions in which there is sufficient anionic detergent surfactant or builder, some monoester or monoamide may be preferred. The overall ratios of diester to monoester or diamide to monoamide are from about 100: 1 to about 2: 1, preferably from about 50: 1 to about 5: 1, most preferably from about 13: 1 to about 8: 1. Under conditions in which there is high detergent, the ratio of di / monoester is preferably about 11: 1. The level of monoester, or monoamide, present can be controlled in the manufacture of DEQA. The above compounds, used as the ester-amine softening material or biodegradable quaternized amido-amine is the practice of this invention, can be prepared using standard reaction chemistry. In a synthesis of a diester variation of DTDMAC, an amine of the formula RN (CH2CH2 OH) 2 is esterified in both hydroxyl groups with an acid chloride of the formula R1C (0) CI, then quaternized with an alkyl halide, RX , to give the desired reaction product (wherein R and R ^ are as defined above). However, those skilled in the art will appreciate that this reaction sequence allows a wide selection of agents to be prepared.

Another DEQA softening active which is suitable for the formulation of the color care compositions of fabrics of the present invention, has the formula (1) in which a R group is a hydroxyalkyl group of or a polyalkoxy group, preferably hydroxyalkyl , very preferably hydroxyethyl group. An example of a hydroxyethyl ester active such is di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methylisulfate, wherein the acyl is derived from the fatty acids described hereinbefore, for example, oleic acid. Said DEQA is a quaternized condensation product between: (a) a fraction of linear or branched fatty acids, saturated or unsaturated, or fatty acid derivatives, each of said fatty acids or derivatives possesses a hydrocarbon chain in which the number of atoms is between 5 and 21, and (b) triethanolamine, characterized in that said condensation product has an iodine value, measured by titration of the condensation product with a standard KOH solution against a phenolphthalein indicator, of less than about 6.5. The acid value is preferably less than or equal to about 5, most preferably less than about 3. In fact, the lower the VA, the better smoothing performance will be obtained. The acid value is determined by titration of the condensation product with a standard KOH solution against a phenolphthalein indicator in accordance with ISO # 53402. The VA is expressed as mg KOH / g of the condensation product.

For the benefit of optimum smoothness, it is preferred that the active substances are present in a molar ratio of fatty acid fraction to triethanolamine of from about 1: 1 to about 2.5: 1. It has also been found that the optimum smoothness performance is affected by laundry conditions containing detergent, and most especially by the presence of the anionic surfactant in the solution in which the softening composition is used. In fact, the presence of anionic surfactant that is generally carried out from the wash will interact with the softening compound, thus reducing its performance. Therefore, depending on the conditions of use, the molar ratio of fatty acid / triethanolamine can be critical. Accordingly, where no rinse occurs between the wash cycle and the rinse cycle containing softener compound, a high amount of anionic surfactant will be carried out in the rinse cycle containing the softener compound. In this case, it has been found that a molar ratio of fatty acid / triethanolamine fraction from about 1.4: 1 to about 1.8: 1 is preferred. By high amount of anionic surfactant is meant that the presence of anionic surfactant in the rinse cycle is at a level such that the molar ratio of anionic / cationic surfactant of the invention is at least about 1/10. The compositions may also contain medium chain cationic ammonium fabric softening compound, including DEQA having the formula (1) above and / or formula (2), below, wherein: each Y is -0- (0) C-, - (R) N- (0) C-, -C (0) -N (R) -, O -C (0) -0-, p -0- (0) Cm is 2 or 3, preferably 2; each n is 1 ~ to 4, preferably 2; each R is as defined above; each R1 O hydrophobic group YR "is a C8-C14 hydrocarbyl, preferably saturated C-12-C14, or a substituted hydrocarbyl substituent (the VI is preferably about 10 or less, most preferably less than about 5) , [The sum of the carbons in the hydrophobic group is the number of carbon atoms in the group R ^, or in the group YR1 when Y is -0- (0) C or - (R) N- (0) C -.] and the counterion, A-, is the same as before. Preferably A "does not include phosphate salts The saturated C8-C-14 fatty acyl groups can be pure derivatives or can be mixed chain lengths.The fatty acid sources suitable for said fatty acyl groups are coconut, lauric, caprylic acid and capric.For C12-C14 (or C11-C13) hydrocarbyl groups, the groups are preferably saturated, for example, the VI is preferably less than about 10, preferably less than about 5. It will be understood that the substituents R and R ' they may be optionally substituted with various groups such as alkoxyl or hydroxyl groups, and may be straight or branched chain while the R1 groups maintain their basically hydrophobic character.

The DEQA active described above may contain a low level of fatty acids which may be unreacted starting material and / or by-product of any partial degradation, for example, hydrolysis, of the softening actives of the finished compositions. It is preferred that the free fatty acid level be low, preferably below about 10%, most preferably below about 5%, by weight of the softening active. Other types of fabric softening actives can be used in the fabric care compositions that are added during the rinsing of the present invention: (3) the DEQA actives described above also include the neutralized amine softening actives wherein at least a group R is a hydrogen atom. A non-limiting example of active substances of this type is the unsaturated (unsaturated alkylaminoxymethylene) methylamine chloride salt. Other examples of suitable amine softening actives are described in the PCT application WO 99/06509, K. A. Grimm, D. R. Bacon, T. Trinh, E. H. Wahl and H. B. Tordil, published on February 11, 1999, said application being incorporated herein by reference. (4) Polyquaternary ammonium softening actives Fabric softening actives having more than one positive quaternary ammonium filler are also useful in the fabric color care compositions of the present invention. An example of this type of softening active is the one with the formula: wherein R is H or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of Ci-Cß, preferably short chain C C3, for example methyl (very preferred), ethyl, propyl hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl or (R2 0) 2-4H; each R1 is a C6-C22 hydrocarbyl, preferably C? -C2o or substituted hydrocarbyl substituent, preferably C- or C2o alkyl or alkenyl (unsaturated alkyl, including polyunsaturated alkyl, also sometimes referred to as "alkylene"), most preferably C alquilo 2-C ?β alkyl or alkenyl; each R2 is an alkylene group of C-i-β, preferably an ethylene group; and A "is as defined below: The Fabric Softening Assets that have the following formula: wherein R1 is derived from oleic acid which is available from Witco Company. The following polyquaternary ammonium compounds that are described herein by reference are also suitable for use in this invention: European Patent Application EP 0 803,498. A1, Robert O. Keys and Floyd E. Friedli, filed on April 25, 1997; British Patent 808,265, issued on January 28, 1956 to Arnold Hoffman & Co., Incorporated; British Patent 1, 161, 552, Koebner and Potts, issued August 13, 1969; DE 4,203,489 A1, Henkel, published August 12, 1993; EP 0,221, 855, Topfl, Heinz and Jorg, issued on November 3, 1986; EP 0,503,155, Rewo, issued December 20, 1991; EP 0,507,003, Rewo, issued December 20, 1991; EPA 0,803,498, published on October 29, 1997; French Patent 2,523,606, Marie-Helene Fraikin, Alan Dillarstone and Marc Couterau, filed on March 22, 1983; Japanese Patent 84-273918, Terumi Kawai and Hiroshi Kitamura, 1986; Japanese Patent 2-011, 545, issued to Kao Corp., on January 16, 1990; patent of E.U.A. 3,079,436, Hwa, issued February 26, 1963; patent of E.U.A. 4,418,054, Green et al., Issued November 29, 1983; patent of E.U.A. 4,721, 512, Topfl, Abel and Binz, issued on January 26, 1988; patent of E.U.A. 4,728,337, Abel, Topfl and Riehen, issued March 1, 1988; patent of E.U.A. 4,906,413, Topfl and Binz, issued March 6, 1990; patent of E.U.A. 5,194,667, Oxenrider et al., Issued March 16, 1993; patent of E.U.A. 5,235,082, Hill and Snow, issued August 10, 1993; patent of E.U.A. 5,670,472, Keys, issued September 23, 1997; Weirong Miao, Wei Hou, Lie Chen and Zongshi Li, Studies on Multifunctional Finishing Agents, Riyong Huaxue Gonye, No. 2, pp. 8-10, 1992; Yokagaku, Vol. 41, No. 4 (1992); and Disinfection, Sterilization, and Preservation, 4a. edition, published in 1991 by Lea & Febiger, Chapter 13, pp- 226-30. All these references are incorporated herein, in their entirety, as a reference. The products formed by quaternizing reaction products of fatty acid with N, N, N ', N', tetraakis (hydroxyethyl) -1,6-diaminohexane are also suitable for this invention. The softening active having the formula: R4-mN (+) - R1m A - where m is 2 or 3, each R1 is a C6-C22 hydrocarbyl group, preferably Cu-C2o, but not more than one being about C 2 and the other of at least about 16, or substituted hydrocarbyl substituent, preferably C 1 or C 20 alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably C 12 -C 18 alkyl or alkenyl, and wherein the iodine value of a fatty acid containing this group R1 is from about 0 to about 140, most preferably from about 40 to about 130; with a cis / trans ratio of from about 1: 1 to about 50: 1, the minimum being 1: 1, preferably from about 2: 1 to about 40: 1, most preferably from about 3: 1 to about 30: 1, and still most preferably from about 4: 1 to about 20: 1; each R1 may be a branched chain alkyl group of Cu-C22, preferably a branched chain alkyl group of Ciß-C-iß; each R is H or a short chain alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C Cß, preferably CrC3l for example, methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl or (R2 0) 2-4H; and A "is an anion compatible with active softener, preferably chloride, or bromide, methylisulfate, etiisulfate, sulfate and nitrate, most preferably chloride and methylisulfate. (6) Active softener having the formula: wherein each R, R ^ and A- have the definitions given above; each R2 is an alkylene group of C ^ -CQ, preferably an ethylene group; and G is an oxygen atom or a group -NR-; (7) Softening active that has the formula: wherein R1, R2 and G are as defined above; (8) Reaction products of substantially unsaturated and / or branched chain fatty acids with dialkylenetriamines, for example, in a molecular ratio of about 2: 1, said reaction products containing compounds of the formula: R 1 -C (0) -NH-R2-NH-R3-NH-C (0) ~ R'1 wherein R1, R2 are as defined above, and each R3 is an alkylene group of C ^ -C, preferably an ethylene group; (9) Softening active having the formula: [R1 -C (0) -NH-R2-N (R) 2 -R3-NR-C (0) -R1] + A- wherein R, R1, R2, R3 and A- are as defined above; (10) The reaction product of substantially unsaturated and / or branched chain fatty acid with hydroxyalkyl alkylene diamines at a molecular ratio of about 2: 1, said reaction products containing compounds of the formula: R 1 -C (0) -NH-R2 -N (R3? H) -C (0) -R1 wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above; and (11) Mixtures thereof. Examples of the compound (5) are dialkylenedimethylammonium salts such as dicanoladimethylammonium chloride, dicanladimethylammonium methylisulfate, dimethylammonium dichloride (partially hydrogenated soybean, cis / trans ratio of about 4: 1), dioleyldimethylammonium chloride. Dioleldimethylammonium chloride and di (canola) dimethylammonium chloride are preferred. An example of commercially available diallylenedimethylammonium salts useful in the present invention is dioleldimethylammonium chloride available from Witco Corporation under the tradename Adogen® 472. An example of compound (6) is 1-methyl-1-oleyl-amidoethyl-2-oleylimidazolinium methylisulfate in where R1 is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, R is an ethylene group, G is an NH group, R5 is a methyl group and A "is a methylisulfate anion, commercially available from Witco Corporation under the trade name VarisoftR 3690.

An example of compound (7) is 1-oleylamidoethyl-2-oleylimidazoline wherein R1 * is an acyclic aliphatic C15-C17 hydrocarbon group, R2 is an ethylene group and G is an NH group. An example of compound (8) is reaction products of oleic acids with diethylenetriamine in a molecular ratio of about 2: 1, said mixture of reaction product containing N, N "-dioleoidiethylenetriamine with the formula: R1-C (0) - NH-CH2CH2-NH-CH2CH2-NH-C (0) -R1 wherein R1-C (0) is an oleoyl group of a commercially available oleic acid derived from vegetable or animal source, such as Emersol® 223LL or Emersol® 7021, available from Henkel Corporation, and R2 and R3 are divalent ethylene groups An example of compound (9) is a softening active based on amidoamine digrasa having the formula: [R1-C (0) -NH-CH2CH2-N (CH3) ( CH2CH2? H) -CH2CH2-NH-C (0) -R1] + CH3S? 4-where R1-C (0) is an oleoyl group, commercially available from Witco Corporation under the tradename Varisoft® 222LT. (10) is reaction products of oleic acids with N-2-hydroxyethylethylenediamine in a molecular ratio of about 2: 1, said product mixture or reaction containing a compound of the formula: R 1 -C (0) -NH-CH 2 CH 2 -N (CH 2 CH 2 OH) -C (0) -R 1 wherein R 1 -C (0) is an oleoyl group of a commercially available oleic acid derived from vegetable or animal source, such as Emersol® 223LL or Emersol® 7021, available from Henkel Corporation. The above individual compounds (active) can be used individually or as mixtures. One type of optional but highly desirable cationic compound that can be used in combination with the above softening actives are compounds containing a long chain acyclic C 8 -C 22 hydrocarbon group, selected from the group consisting of: wherein R 7 is hydrogen or a saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C1-C4, and R "! and A" are as defined above; (12) acyclic quaternary ammonium salts having the formula: wherein R and R6 are C1-C4 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl groups and R ^ and A "are as defined above; (13) Substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula; wherein R7 is hydrogen or a saturated alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C1-C4 and R1 and A "are as defined above; (14) Substituted imidazolinium salts having the formula: wherein R ^ is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group of C1-C4 and R1, R2 and A- are as defined above; (15) alkyl pyridinium salts having the formula: wherein R ^ is an acyclic aliphatic C8-C22 hydrocarbon group and A "is an anion; (16) alkanamidoalkylene pyridinium salts having the formula: wherein R ^, R2 and A "are as defined above, and (17) Decyalternary monoalkyl salts, for example, having the formula: A" [R1 - N (+) (R) 2-R2N (+) (R) 3] A "where R, R ^, R2 and A" are as defined above; and (18) Mixtures thereof. Examples of the compound (12) are the monoalkenyltrimethylammonium salts such as monooleyltrimethylammonium chloride, monocanetrimethylammonium chloride and soyatrimethylammonium chloride. Monooleyltrimethylammonium chloride and monocanelatrimethylammonium chloride are preferred. Other examples of compound (12) are soyatrimethylammonium chloride available from Witco Corporation under the trade name Adogen® 415, erucyltrimethylammonium chloride wherein R1 is a C22 hydrocarbon group derived from a natural source; Soyadimethylethylammonium etiisulfate wherein R ^ is a C16-8 hydrocarbon group. R ^ is a methyl group, R1 is an ethyl group and A "is an anionisulfate anion, and bis (2-hydroxyethyl) oleylammonium chloride wherein R1 is a hydrocarbon group of C- | 8 R ^ is a 2-hydroxyethyl group and R6 is a methyl group An example of compound (14) is 1-ethyl-1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -2-isoheptadecylimidazolinium ethiisulfate in where R1 is a hydrocarbon group of C17, R2 is an ethylene group, R is an ethyl group and A "is an etiisulfate anion. An example of compound (17) is N-sebopentamethyl propanediaminium dichloride, with the formula: Cl- [(seboalkyl) - N (+) (CH3) 2- CH2-CH2-N (+) (CH3) 3] Cl- available of Witco Corporation under the trade name AdogenR 477.

Anion A In the cationic nitrogenous sies, the anion A-, which is any anion compatible with softening active, provides electrical neutrality. Very often, the anion used to provide electrical neutrality in these salts is from a strong acid, especially a halide, such as chloride, methylisulfate, bromide or iodide. However, other anions such as etiisulfate, acetate, formate, sulfate, carbonate and the like can be used. Chloride and methylisulfate are preferred herein as anion A. Compositions to be added to the dryer. The fabric softening compound, or fabric softening compounds, which are useful in the fabric care composition that is added to the dryer may be selected from cationic, nonionic, amphoteric and / or anionic fabric softening compound. Typical cationic fabric softening compounds include the water-insoluble quaternary ammonium fabric softening actives, the most commonly used having been sulfate (C1-C4 alkyl sulfate) or di (long alkyl chain) dimethylammonium chloride, preferably methylisulfate , compounds which include the following: 1) di (tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium methylisulfate (DTDMAMS); 2) di (hydrogenated tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium methylisulfate; 3) di (hydrogenated tallowalkyl) dimethylammonium chloride (DTDMAC); 4) Distearyldimethylammonium methylisulfate; 5) dioleyldimethylammonium methylisulfate; 6) Dipalmitylhydroxyethylmethylammonium methylisulfate; 7) stearylbenzyldimethylammonium methylisulfate; 8) tallowalkyltrimethylammonium methylisulfate; 9) (hydrogenated tallowalkyl) trimethylammonium methylisulfate; 10) methylisulfate of (C 2-14 alkyl) nidroxyethyldimethylammonium; 11) methylisulfate of C 1 -ld 4 -hydroxyethylmethyl ammonium; 12) di (stearoyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride; 13) di (tallowoxyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium methylisulfate 14) disodboalkylimidazinium methylisulfate 15) 1- (2-tallowylamidoethyl) -2-tallowylimidazolinium methylisulfate; and 16) mixtures thereof. The presently preferred compounds, such as 12) and 13) are materials that do not harm the environment, being rapidly biodegradable quaternary ammonium compounds which are alternatives to the traditionally used di (long alkyl chain) dimethylammonium methylisulfate. Said quaternary ammonium compounds may contain long-chain alkyl or alkenyl groups interrupted by functional groups such as carboxy groups. Such materials and fabric softening compositions containing them are described in numerous publications such as EP-A-0,040,562 and EP-A-0,239,910. Similar quaternary ammonium compounds useful in the compositions that are added to the dryer are those indicated above for compositions that are added during rinsing.

The nonionic softening actives can also be used in compositions that are added to the dryer of the present invention. Typically, nonionic fabric softening materials have an HLB of from about 2 to about 9, very typically from about 3 to about 7. In general, the selected materials should be relatively crystalline, higher melting (eg, > 25 ° C, preferably> 40 ° C) and relatively insoluble in water. The level of nonionic softener in the solid composition, when present, is typically from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 5% to about 30%. Preferred optional nonionic softening agents for use in the present invention are C-10-C26 acylorbitan esters and polyglycerol monostearate. Sorbitan esters are an esterified dehydration product of sorbitol. Sorbitol, which is typically prepared by the catalytic hydrogenation of glucose, can be dehydrated in the well known manner to form mixtures of 1,4- and 1,5-sorbitol anhydrides and small amounts of isosorbides. (See U.S. Patent No. 2,322,821, Brown, issued June 29, 1943, incorporated herein by reference). The above types of complex mixtures of sorbitol anhydrides are collectively referred to as "sorbitan". It will be recognized that this "sorbitan" mixture will also contain certain free non-cyclized sorbitol. The preferred sorbitan ester comprises a member selected from the group consisting of C-10-C26 acylorbitan monoesters and C- | o-C26 acylorbitan diesters. It is also preferred that an effective amount of trisorbitan esters be present in the ester mixture. Ester mixtures having 20-50% monoester, 25-50% diester and 10-35% tri and tetra-ester are preferred. For the purposes of the present invention, sorbitan esters containing unsaturation (eg, sorbitan monooleate) can be used. Details, including formulas, of the preferred sorbitan esters can be found in the US patent. No. 4,128,484, incorporated herein by reference. Certain derivatives of the preferred sorbitan esters of the present, especially the "lower" ethoxylates thereof, i.e., mono, di and triesters wherein one or more of the non-esterified -OH groups contain from one to about 20 units of Ethylene oxide (eg, Tweens®) are also useful in the composition of the present invention. Therefore, for purposes of the present invention, the term "sorbitan ester" includes said derivatives. Another preferred nonionic softeners are fatty acid partial esters of polyhydric alcohols or anhydrides thereof, wherein the alcohol, or anhydride, contains from about 2 to about 18, preferably from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and each fatty acid portion contains from about 8 to about 30, preferably from about 12 to about 20 carbon atoms. Typically, such softeners contain from about 1 to about 3, preferably from about 2 fatty acid groups per molecule. The polyhydric alcohol moiety of the ester can be ethylene glycol, glycerol, poH- (eg, di, tri, tetra, penta, and / or hexa) glycerol, xylitol, sucrose, erythritol and / or pentaerythritol. The fabric care compositions that are added to the dryer used herein may contain a softening component, at a level of from about 1% to about 60%, preferably from about 5% to about 50%, most preferably around from 10% to about 40% by weight of the composition of a carboxylic acid salt of a tertiary amine and / or ester amine having the formula: wherein R ^ is a long-chain aliphatic group containing from about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms; Rβ and R4 are the same or different from one another and are selected from the group consisting of aliphatic groups containing from about 1 to about 30, preferably 1, carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl groups of the formula -R ^ OH wherein R &; is an alkylene group of from about 2 to about 30 carbon atoms, and alkyl ether groups of the formula R ^ (OCnH2n) m- wherein R is alkyl or alkenyl of from about 1 to about 30, preferably 2 or 3 atoms carbon or hydrogen, n is 2 or 3, and m is from about 1 to about 30, preferably from 1 to about 5; wherein the chains R4, R5, Rβ, Rd and R9 can be interrupted ester groups; and wherein R7 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl and aralkyl of from about 8 to about 30 carbon atoms, and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl and aralkyl of from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms wherein the substituents are selected from the group consisting of halogen, carboxyl and hydroxyl. The component provides the following benefits: superior odor, and / or improved fabric softening performance, as compared to similar compositions using primary amine or ammonium compounds as the sole conditioning agent. Either the chain of R4, R5, R6f R7 R8 and / or R9 may contain unsaturation. Examples of preferred tertiary amines as the starting material for the reaction between the amine and carboxylic acid to form the tertiary amine salts are: lauryldimethylamine, myristyldimethylamine, stearyldimethylamine, sebodimethylamine, cocodimethylamine, dilaurylmethylamine, distearylmethylamine, disebomethylamine, oleyldimethylamine, dioleylmethylamine, lauryldi (3) -hydroxypropyl) amine, stearyldi (2-hydroxyethyl) amine, trilauryl amine, laurylethylmethylamine and Cl8H37N (C2H4?) 10H- The preferred carboxylic acids are stearic, oleic, lauric, myristic, palmitic and mixtures thereof.

The amine salt can be formed by a simple addition reaction, well known in the art, described in the US patent. No. 4,237,155, ardouche, issued December 2, 1980, which is incorporated herein by reference. Excessive levels of free amines can result in odor problems, and generally free amines provide less softening performance than amine salts. For compositions that are added to the dryer, the assets described in copending application Serial No. 08 / 937,536 filed September 25, 1997, for DRYER-ADDED FABRIC SOFTENER COMPOSITION USAGE TO PROVIDE COLOR AND OTHER FABRIC APPEARANCE BENEFITS by JW Smith, A. Corona, T. Trinh and R. Wu are especially suitable, said application being incorporated herein by reference. Additional fabric softening materials may be used in addition or alternatively to the fabric softeners above. These can be selected from other non-ionic, amphoteric and / or anionic softening materials. The description of said materials can be found in E.U.A. 4,327,133; E.U.A. 4,421, 792; E.U.A. 4,426,299; E.U.A. 4,460,485; E.U.A. 3,644,203; E.U.A. 4,661, 269; E.U.A. 4,439,335; E.U.A. 3,861, 870; E.U.A. 4,308,151; E.U.A. 3,886,075; E.U.A. 4,233,164; E.U.A. 4,401, 578; E.U.A. 3,974,076; E.U.A. 4,237,016 and EP 472,178, incorporated herein by reference.

Main solvent system The main solvent, when present, is typically used at an effective level of up to about 40% by weight, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably from about 3% to about 8% by weight. weight of the composition. The main solvent can be used more effectively when combined with a high electrolyte level and / or phase stabilizers, as described in the patent application of E.U.A. Series No. 09 / 309,128. For example, without the high level of electrolyte, the ClogP of the main solvent system that is described therein would typically be limited to a range of about 0.15 to about 0.64 as described in the US patent. No. 5,747,443. With the present electrolyte, the main solvent levels which are substantially less than about 15% by weight of the composition can be used, which is preferred for reasons of odor, safety and economy. The phase stabilizer as defined below, in combination with a very low level of principal solvent is sufficient to provide good clarity and / or stability of the composition when the electrolyte is present. Said electrolyte and / or phase stabilizer can be used either to make a translucent or clear composition, or can be used to increase the temperature range at which the composition is translucent or clear. The main solvents are efficient because they provide the maximum benefit for a given weight of solvent. It is understood that "solvent", as used herein, refers to the effect of the main solvent and not to the physical form at a given temperature, since some of the major solvents are solids at room temperature. The major solvents that may be present are selected to minimize the odor impact of the solvent in the composition and to provide a low viscosity to the final composition. Major solvents are typically selected from those having a ClogP of 2.0 to 2.6, preferably from -1.7 to 1.6, and most preferably from -1.0 to 1.0. The most preferred solvents can be identified by the appearance of the treatment compositions used to treat fabrics. These diluted compositions have dispersions of fabric softeners that have a more unilamellar appearance, than conventional fabric softener compositions. The closer the appearance is to one layer, the better the performance of the compositions will appear. These compositions provide surprisingly good fabric softening compared to similar compositions prepared in the conventional manner with the same fabric softening active. Operable solvents, listed under various names, have been described, for example, aliphatic and / or alicyclic diols with a given number of carbon atoms; monoles; glycerin derivatives; alkoxylates of diols; and mixtures of all of the above can be found in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,759,990 and 5,747,443 and PCT Application No. WO 97/03169 published January 30, 1997, said patents and application being incorporated herein by reference, the most pertinent description appearing on pages 24-82 and 94-108 ( methods of preparation) of said specification of WO 97/03169 and in columns 11-54 and 66-78 (methods of preparation) of the '443 patent. Some inoperable solvents listed in the description '443 may be used in admixture with operable solvents and / or with elevated electrolyte levels and / or phase stabilizers, to make concentrated fabric softening compositions that meet the stability / clarity requirements that Here they are exposed. There is a clear similarity between the degree of acceptance (degree of formulation) of a saturated diol and its unsaturated counterparts, or the like, having higher molecular weights. The unsaturated homologs / analogs have the same formulation capacity as the original saturated solvent with the proviso that the unsaturated solvents have an additional methylene group (ie, CH) for each double bond in the chemical formula. In other words, there is an obvious "addition rule" for each good saturated solvent of this invention, which is suitable for the formulation of clear, concentrated fabric softening compositions, there are suitable unsaturated solvents wherein one or more CH2 groups are added while that, for each CH2 group added, two hydrogen atoms are removed from adjacent carbon atoms in the molecule to form a carbon-carbon double bond, thus maintaining the number of hydrogen atoms in the constant molecule with respect to the chemical formula of the "original" saturated solvent.

This is due to a surprising fact that adding a -CH2 group to a chemical solvent formula has an effect of increasing its ClogP value by approximately 0.53, whereas by removing two adjacent hydrogen atoms to form a double bond it has an effect of decreasing its value of ClogP in an approximately similar amount, that is, of approximately 0.48, thus compensating the addition of -CH2-. Therefore, one passes from a preferred saturated solvent to the preferred higher molecular weight unsaturated analogs / homologs containing at least one carbon atom plus by inserting a double bond for each additional CH 2 group, and therefore the total number of Hydrogen atoms remain the same as in the original saturated solvent, while the ClogP value of the new solvent remains within the effective range. The following are some illustrative examples: It is possible to replace part of the main solvent mixture with a mixture of a secondary solvent, or a mixture of sequential solvents, which by themselves are not operable as a main solvent of this invention, while an amount of the main operable solvents of this invention are still present in the clear, concentrated, liquid fabric softening composition. An effective amount of the main solvents of this invention is at least greater than about 1%, preferably more than about 3%, most preferably more than about 5% of the composition, when at least about 15% of fabric softener also is present Preferred main solvents for improved clarity at 10 ° C are 1,2-hexanediol; 1,2-pentanediol, hexylene glycol; 1,2-butanediol; 1,4-cyclohexanediol; pinacol; 1,5-hexanediol; 1, 6-hexanediol and / or 2,4-dimethyl-2,4-pentanediol.

Electrolyte Fabric care compositions that are added during clear rinsing, which contain a high level of fabric softening agent of this invention may optionally, but preferably, contain an effective amount of electrolyte, for example from about 0.5% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.75% to about 3% and most preferably from about 1% to about 2% by weight of the composition. The patent of E.U.A. No. 5,759,990 incorporated herein by reference, discloses that the major solvent in clear formulations should have a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64. An effective amount of electrolyte allows the use of major solvents with a ClogP of from about -2.0 to about 2.6, preferably from about -1.7 to about 1.6, and most preferably from about -1.0 to about 1.0. The main solvents are also more effective with the high electrolyte level, thus allowing to use less of said main solvents. The electrolyte also helps to alleviate a thickening phenomenon when some concentrated light fabric softening compositions are diluted.

Suitable inorganic salts to be used as an electrolyte include Mgl2, MgBr2, MgCl2, Mg (N? 3) 2, Mg3 (P? 4) 2, Mg2P2? 7, MgS? 4, magnesium silicate, -Mal, NaBr, NaCl, NaF , Na3 (P? 4), NaS03, Na2S? 4, Na2S03, NaN? 3, Nal? 3, Na3 (P04), Na4P2? 7, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium tetrachloroaluminate, sodium tripolyphosphate (STPP ), Na2S2O2, sodium zirconate, CaF2, CaC2, CaBr2, Cal2, CaS4, Ca (N03) 2, Ca, Kl, KBr; KCl, KF, KNO3, KIO3, K2SO4, K2SO3, K3 (P04), K4 (P2? 7), potassium pyrosulfate, potassium pyrosulfite, Lil, LiBr, LiCl, LiF, UNO3, AIF3, AICI3, AIBr3, AII3, Al2 (S04) 3, A PO4), AI (N? 3) 3, aluminum silicate; including hydrates of these salts and including combinations of these salts or salts with mixed cations, for example, alum AIK (S? 4) 2 potassium and salts with mixed anions, for example, postasium tetrachloroaluminate and sodium tetrafluoroaluminate. The salts that incorporate cations of the groups Illa, IVa, Va, Vla, Vlla, VIII, Ib and llb in the periodic table with atomic number >13 are also useful in reducing dilution viscosity but less preferred due to their tendency to change the oxidation states and therefore may adversely affect the odor or color of the formulation or reduce the weight efficiency. Salts with cations of the groups Ha or with atomic numbers > 20 as well as the cationized salts of the lactanid or actinide series are useful in reducing dilution viscosity, but less preferred because of weight efficiency or lower toxicity. Mixtures of the above salts are also useful. Organic salts useful in this invention include magnesium, sodium, lithium, potassium, zinc and aluminum salts of the carboxylic acids including formate, acetate, propionate, pelargonate, citrate, gluconate, lactate, aromatic acids, for example, benzoates, phenolates and substituted benzoates or phenolates, such as phenolate, salicylate, polyaromatic acid terephthalates and polyacids, for example, oxylate, adipate, succinate, benzenedicarboxylate, benzenetricarboxylate. Other useful organic salts include carbonate and / or bicarbonate (HCO3"") when the pH is suitable, alkyl sulphates and sulfonates and aromatic sulfates and sulphonates, for example, sodium methylisulfate, benzenesulfonates and derivatives such as xylene sulphonates, and amino acids when the pH Electrolytes can cope with mixed salts of the above, salts neutralized with mixed cations such as potassium / sodium tartrate, partially neutralized salts such as sodium acid trtrate or potassium acid phthalate, and salts comprising a cation with mixed anions Generally, inorganic electrolytes are preferred over organic electrolytes for better weight efficiency and reduced costs Mixtures of inorganic and organic salts can be used Typical electrolyte levels in the compositions are less than about 10%, preferably about 0.5 % to about 5% by weight, most preferably about 0.75% by weight about 2.5% and most preferably about 1% to about 2% by weight of the fabric softening composition.

Phase Stabilizer Phase stabilizers are highly desirable for formulating a clear or translucent fabric softening composition with high electrolyte levels of the present invention. The phase stabilizers provide an improved temperature range at which the compositions are clear and stable. They allow more than one electrolyte to be used without stability. They can also reduce the amount of major solvent needed to achieve clarity and / or stability. Typical levels of the optional phase stabilizer in the softening compositions are from about 0.1% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.3% to about 7%, most preferably from about 1% to about 5% by weight of the composition. Phase stabilizers useful in the compositions of the present invention are selected surface active materials that commonly comprise hydrophobic and hydrophilic portions. A preferred hydrophilic moiety is a polyalkoxylated group, preferably a polyethoxylated group. Preferred phase stabilizers are nonionic surfactants derived from amine, amide, fatty acid amine oxide, fatty acid, alkylphenol and / or saturated and / or unsaturated primary and secondary branched alkyl arylcarboxylic acid compounds, each having preferably from about 6 to about 22, most preferably from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms in a hydrophobic chain, most preferably an alkyl or alkylene chain, wherein at least one active hydrogen of said compounds is ethoxylated with μ50 , preferably μ30, most preferably from about 5 to about 15, and most preferably still from about 8 to about 12, ethylene oxide portions to provide an HLB of from about 8 to about 20, preferably from about 10 to about 18 , and most preferably from about 11 to about 15. The different stabilizers having sale different jas For example, alkoxylated cationic materials or cationic surfactant complexes improve softness and provide increased wrinkle release benefits. To reduce the amount of principal solvent used, the preferred phase stabilizers are alkoxylated alkyls, alkoxylated acylamides, alkoxylated alkylamines or alkoxylated quaternary alkylammonium salts, surfactant complexes and mixtures thereof. Suitable phase stabilizers also include nonionic surfactants with volumetric head groups selected from: a. surfactants having the formula R1 -C (0) -Y '- [C (R5)] m-CH20 (R2?) zH wherein R ^ is selected from the group consisting of saturated or unsaturated alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbons , primary, secondary or branched chain; said hydrocarbon chain having a length of about 6 to about 22; Y 'is selected from the following groups: -O-; -N (A) -; and mixtures thereof; and A is selected from the following groups: H; R1; - (R2-0) z-H; - (CH2)? CH3; phenyl, or substituted aryl, wherein 0 μ x μ approximately 3 and z is from about 5 to about 30; each R2 is selected from the following groups or combinations of the following groups: - (CH2) rr and / or - [CH (CH3) CH2] -; and each R5 is selected from the following groups: -OH; and -0 (R2?) z-H; and m is from about 2 to about 4; b) Surfactants having the formulas: where Y "= N or O, and each R ^ is independently selected from the following: -H, -OH, - (CH2) xCH3, -0 (OR2) zH, -OR1, -OC (0) R1, and -CH (CH 2 - (OR 2) z »-H) - CH 2 - (OR 2) z - C (0) R, x and R 1 are as defined above and 5 μ z, z ', and z" μ 20, most preferably 5 μ z + z '+ z "μ 20, and most preferably, the heterocyclic ring is a five-membered ring with Y" = O, a R ^ is -H, two R5 are -0- (R2?) ZH, and at least one R ^ has the following structure -CH (CH2- (OR2) Z »-H) -CH2- (OR2) Z.-C (0) R1 with 8 μ z + z '+ z" μ 20 and R1 is a hydrocarbon with 8 to 20 carbon atoms and without aryl group; or polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula: R2-C (0) -N (R1) -Z wherein: each R1 is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, C1-C4 alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl; and R2 is a hydrocarbyl portion of C5-C31; and each Z is a pof? hydroxyhydrocarbyl moiety having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an ethoxylated derivative thereof; and each r "is H or a cyclic mono or polysaccharide or alkoxylated derivative thereof, and d) mixtures thereof Suitable phase stabilizers also include surfactant complexes formed by a surfactant ion that is selected with an ion of opposite charge surfactant or an electrolyte ion which is suitable for reducing the dilution viscosity and block copolymer surfactants comprising polyethylene oxide portions and propylene oxide portions Examples of representative phase stabilizers include: (1) nonionic surfactants alkoxylated with alkenyl or alkyl-aryl Suitable non-ionic alkoxylated surfactants with alkyl are generally derived from primary fatty alcohols, fatty acids, alkylfwenoles or alkylarylcarboxylic acid (eg, benzoic) saturated or unsaturated primary, secondary and branched, wherein the active hydrogen is alkoxylated with about 30 alkylene, preferably ethylene, oxide moieties (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide). These nonionic surfactants to be used herein preferably have from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms in the alkyl or alkenyl chain, and are either straight chain or branched chain configuration, preferably chain configurations. straight having from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, with the ethylene oxide being present, preferably in the primary position, in average amounts of about 30 moles of alkylene oxide per alkyl chain, most preferably about 5 to about 15 moles of alkylene oxide, and most preferably from about 8 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide. The materials in this class have emptying points of approximately 21.1 ° C and / or we solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of straight chain alkoxylated alkyl surfactants include Neodol®, 91-8, 25-9, 1-9, 25-12, 1-9 and 45-13 from Shell, Plurafac® B-26 and C-17 from BASF, and BrijR 76 and 35 of ICI Surfactants. Examples of alkoxylated branched alkyl surfactants include Tergitol® 15-S-12, 15-S-15, and 15-S-20 from Union Carbide and Emulphogene® BC-720 and BC-840 from GAF. Examples of alkoxylated alkylaryl surfactants include Igepal® CO-620 and CO-710, from Rhone Poulenc, Triton® N-111 and N-150 from Union Carbide, Dowfax® 9N5 from Dow and Lutensol® AP9 and AP14, from BASF. (2) Alkoxylated nonionic surfactants of algin or alkylarylamine or of amine oxide Suitable non-ionic alkoxylated surfactants with amine functionality are generally derived from fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty methyl esters, alkylphenols, alkylbenzoates and alkylbenzoic acids. saturated or unsaturated, primary, secondary and branched which are converted to amine, amine oxides and optionally substituted with a second alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbon with one or two alkylene oxide chains attached to the amine functionality, each having about 50 μm moles of alkylene oxide portions (for example ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) per mole of amine. The amine, amide or amine oxide surfactants for use herein have from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms, and are straight chain or branched chain configuration, preferably is a hydrocarbon in a chain configuration straight having from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms with one or more alkylene oxide chains attached to the amine portion, in average quantities of about 50 moles of alkylene oxide per amine portion, most preferably about 5 to about 15 moles of alkylene oxide, and most preferably an alkylene oxide chain in the amine portion containing from about 8 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide per amine portion. Preferred materials of this kind also have casting points of approximately 21.1 ° C and / or do not solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of ethoxylated amine surfactants include Berol® 397 and 303 from Rhone Poulen and Ethomeens® C / 20, C / 25, T / 25, S / 20, S / 25 and Ehodumeens® T / 20 and T25 from Akzo. Preferably, the alkoxylated alkyl or alkylaryl surfactant compounds and alkoxylated alkyl or alkylarylamine, amide and amine oxide surfactants have the following general formula: R1 m. Y . [(R2-0) z. H] p wherein each R1 is selected from the group consisting of saturated or unsaturated, primary, secondary or branched alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbons; said hydrocarbon chain preferably having a length of from about 6 to about 22, most preferably from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, and most preferably still from about 8 to about 15 carbon atoms, preferably linear and without aryl portion; wherein R is selected from the following groups or combinations of the following groups: - (CH2) n- and / or [CH (CH3) CH2] -; where of about 1 < n μ to about 3; And it is selected from the following groups: -O-, -N (A) q-; -C (0) 0-; - (0_) N (A) q-; -B-R3-0-; -B-R3-N (A) q-; -B-R3-C (0) 0-; -B-R3-N (_0) (A) -; and mixtures thereof; where A is selected from the following groups: H; R1; - (R2-0) Z-H; - (CH2)? CH3; phenyl or substituted aryl, wherein 0 μ x μ to about 3 and B is selected from the following groups: -O-; -N (S) -; -C (0) 0-; and mixtures thereof in which A is as defined above; and wherein each R3 is selected from the following groups: R2; phenyl; or substituted aryl. The terminal hydrogen in each alkoxy chain can be replaced by a short chain C1-4 alkyl or acyl group to "block" the alkoxy chain. z is from about 5 to about 30. p is the number of ethoxylate chains, typically one or two, preferably one and m is the number of hydrophobic chains, typically one or two, preferably one and q is a number that completes the structure, generally one. Preferred structures are those in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and 5 μ z μ 30, and q may be 1 or 0, but when p = 2, q must be 0; very preferred are structures in which m = 1, p = 1 Ó 2 and 7 μ z μ 20; and still very preferred are structures in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and 9 μ z μ 12. The preferred y is 0. (3) Alkoxylated and non-alkoxylated nonionic surfactants with volumetric head groups Suitable alkoxylated and non-alkoxylated phase stabilizers with volumetric head groups are generally derived from primary saturated fatty alcohols, fatty acids, alkylphenol and unsaturated alkylbenzoic acids, secondary and branched ones that are derived with a carbohydrate group or a heterocyclic head group. This structure can be optionally substituted with more alkoxylated or non-alkoxylated alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbons. The heterocycle or carbohydrate is alkoxylated with one or more alkylene oxide chains (for example, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) having each μ about 50, preferably μ about 30, moles per mole of heterocyclic or carbohydrate. The hydrocarbon groups in the carbohydrate or heterocyclic surfactant for use herein have from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms, and are either straight chain or branched chain configuration, preferably there is a hydrocarbon having about from 8 to about 18 carbon atoms with one or two alkylene oxide chains; a carbohydrate or heterocyclic moiety with an alkylene oxide chain present in average amounts of about 50 μm, preferably μ about 30 μmol of carbohydrate or heterocyclic moiety, most preferably from about 5 to about 15 moles of alkylene oxide per zwitterionic chain alkylene, and most preferably between about 8 and about 12 moles of alkylene oxide in total per molecule of surfactant including alkylene oxide in the hydrocarbon chain and in the heterocyclic or carbohydrate moiety. Examples of phase stabilizers in this class are Tween® 40, 60 and 80 available from ICI Surfactants. Preferably the compounds of the alkoxylated and non-alkoxylated nonionic surfactants with volumetric head groups have the following general formulas: R1 -C (0) -Y, - [C (R5)] m-CH20 (R2?) ZH where R1 is selected from the group consisting of saturated or unsaturated, primary, secondary or branched alkyl or alkylaryl hydrocarbons; said hydrocarbon chain having a length of about 6 to about 22; Y 'is selected from the following groups: -O-, -N (A) -; and mixtures thereof; and A is selected from the following groups: H; R1; - (R2-O) z-H; - (CH2) XCH3; phenyl or substituted aryl, wherein 0 μ x μ approximately 3 and z is from about 5 to about 30; and each R2 is selected from the following groups or combinations of the following groups: - (CH2) n- and / or [CH (CH3) CH2] -; and each R5 is selected from the following groups: -OH; and -O (R2?) z-H; and m is from about 2 to about 4; Another useful general formula for this class of surfactants is where Y "= N or O, and each R5 is independently selected from the following: -H, -OH, - (CH2) xCH3, - (OR2) zH, -OR1, -OC (0) R1, and -CH (CH2- (OR2) Z ..- H) -CH2- (OR2) z> -C (0) R1 With x R1, and R2 are as defined above in section D above yz, z 'and z " they are all about 5 μ to about 20, most preferably the total number of z + z '+ z "is about 5 μ to about 20. In a particularly preferred form of this structure the heterocyclic ring is a ring of five members with Y "= O, a R ^ is -H, two R5 are -0- (R2?) zH, and at least one R5 has the following structure: -CH (CH2- (OR2) Z .. -H) -CH2- (OR2) Z.-OC (0) R1 with the total z + z '+ z "= from about 8 μ to about 20 and R1 is a hydrocarbon with from about 8 to about 20 carbon atoms and without aryl group; Another group of surfactants that can be used are polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula: - R - C (O) - N (R7) - W wherein: each R7 is H, C1-C4 hydrocarbyl, alkoxyalkyl or hydroxyalkyl * 5 of C 1 -C 4, for example 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, etc., preferably > C1-C4 alkyl, most preferably C- alkyl; or C2, most preferably still C < | (for example, methyl) or methoxyalkyl; and Rβ is a hydrocarbyl portion of C5-C31, preferably straight chain C7-C19 alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl of chain straight, most preferably alkyl or alkenyl of C-J I-C- | 7 straight chain, or mixtures thereof; and W is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl moiety having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative (preferably ethoxylated or propoxylated) thereof. W will preferably be derived from a reducing sugar in a reductive amination reaction; most preferably W is a glycityl moiety. W will preferably be selected from the group consisting of -CH2- (CHOH) n -CH2? H, -CH (CH2? H) - (CHOH) n-CH2OH, -CH2- (CHOH) 2 (CHOR ') (CHOH) -CH2? H, wherein n is an integer from 3 to 5, inclusive, and R' is H or a cyclic mono or poly saccharide, and alkoxylated derivatives thereof. Very Preferred are glycityls wherein n is 4, particularly -CH2- (CHOH) 4- CH2O. Mixtures of the desired anterior portions W.

R6 can be, for example, N-methyl, N-ethyl, N-propyl, N-isopropyl, N-butyl, N-isobutyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl, N-1-methoxypropyl or N-2-hydroxypropyl. R6_C0-N < it can be, for example, cocamide, stearamide, oelamide, lauramide, myristamide, capricamide, palmitamide, seboamide, etc. W can be 1-deoxyglucityl, 2-deoxyfuctility, 1-deoxymaltityl, 1-deoxylactityl, 1-deoxygalactityl, 1-deoxyxanityl, 1-deoxymaltotriotityl, etc. (4) Alkoxylated Cationic Quaternary Ammonium Surfactants The alkoxylated cationic quaternary ammonium surfactants suitable for this invention are generally derived from fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty methyl esters, alkyl substituted phenols, alkyl substituted benzoic acids and / or esters. of benzoate substituted with alkyl, and / or fatty acids which are converted to amines which may be optionally reacted with another long chain alkyl or alkylaryl group; this amine compound is then alkoxylated with one or two alkylene oxide chains each having about 50 moles of alkylene oxide portions (eg, ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide) per mole of amine. Typical of this class are products obtained from the quaternization of saturated or unsaturated aliphatic, primary, secondary or branched amines having one or two hydrocarbon chains of from about 6 to about 26 carbon atoms alkoxylated with one or two alkylene oxide chains in the amine atom each having less than μ approximately 50 alkylene oxide portions. The amine hydrocarbons to be used herein have from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms, and are straight chain or branched chain configuration, preferably there is an alkyl hydrocarbon group in a straight chain configuration having about from 8 to about 18 carbon atoms. Suitable quaternary ammonium surfactants are made with one or two alkylene oxide chains attached to the amide moiety, in average amounts of about 50 moles of alkylene oxide per alkyl chain, most preferably from about 3 to about 20. moles of alkylene oxide, and most preferably from about 5 to about 12 moles of alkylene oxide per hydrophobic group, for example, alkyl. Preferred materials of this kind also have pour points below about 21.1 ° C and / or do not solidify in these clear formulations. Examples of suitable phase stabilizers of this type include Ethoquad® 18/25, C / 25 and 0/25 Akzo and Variquat®-66 (tallow tallow-alkylbis (polyoxyethylammonium) ammonium with a total of approximately 16 ethoxy units) from Witco . Preferably, the compounds of the alkoxylated ammonium cationic surfactants have the following general formula: { R1 m - Y - [(R2-0) z - H] p} + X-where R1 and R on as defined above in section D above; And it is selected from the following groups: N + - (A) q; - (CH2) n-N + - (A) q; -B- (CH2) n-N + - (A) 2; - (phenyl) -N + - (A) q; - (B-phenyl) -N + - (A) q; n being from about 1 to about 4. Each A is independently selected from the following groups: H; R1; - (R2-0) z-H; - (CH2)? CH3; phenyl, and substituted aryl; wherein 0 μ x μ approximately 3; and B is selected from the following groups: -O-; -NA-; -NA2; -C (0) 0- and -C (0) N (A) -; wherein R2 is as defined above; q = 1 or 2; and X- is an anion that is compatible with active fabric softeners and auxiliary ingredients. Preferred structures are those in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and approximately 5 μ z μ approximately 50, highly preferred are structures in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2 and approximately 7 μ z μ approximately 20, and still very preferred are structures in which m = 1, p = 1 or 2, and approximately 9 μ z μ approximately 12. (5) Surfactant Complexes Surfactant complexes are considered as surfactant ions neutralized with opposite charge surfactant ion or a neutralized surfactant with an electrolyte that is suitable for reducing the dilution viscosity, or an ammonium salt or a polycationic ammonium salt. For the purpose of this invention, if a surfactant complex is formed by the surfactants of opposite charge, it is preferable that the surfactants have different chain lengths, for example, a long chain surfactant complexed with a surfactant. short chain to increase the solubility of the complex and it is more preferable that the long chain surfactant be the surfactant containing amine or ammonium. Long chain surfactants are defined as those containing alkyl chains of from about 6 to about 22 carbon atoms. These alkyl chains may optionally contain a phenyl or substituted phenyl group or alkylene oxide moieties between the chain and the overhead group. The short chain surfactants are defined as those which contain alkyl chains with less than 6 carbon atoms and optionally these alkyl chains could contain a substituted phenyl or phenyl group or alkylene oxide moieties between the alkyl chain and the lower alkyl group. head. Examples of suitable surfactant complexes include mixtures of Armeen® APA-10 and calcium xylenesulfonate Armeen APA-10 and magnesium chloride, laurylcarboxylate and triethanolamine, linear alkylbenzenesulfonate and C5 dimethylamine or ethoxylated alkyl sulfate and tetrakis N, N, N'N ' (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine. Preferably, the long chain surfactants for making complexes have the following general formula: R1 - Y2 wherein R1 is as previously described in section D above and? the following structures can be chosen: -N (A) 2¡ -C (0) N (A) 2; - (0_) N (A) 2i -B-R 3 -N (A) 2 1 -B-R 3 -C (0) N (A) 2; -B-R3-N (_0) (A) 2; -C02"; -S03-2; -OS03-2; -0 (R20)? C? 2_; -0 (R20) xS? 3-2; and -0 (R20) xOS? 3-2, where B and R3 as defined in section D above and 0 <x4. Preferably, the short chain surfactants for making complexes have the following general formula: R4 -? 2 wherein R1, R3, B and? 2 are equal that before and R 4 can be selected from the following: - (CH 2) and CH 3; - (CH 2) y -phenyl or - (CH 2) and phenyl substituted with 0 μ and μ 6. (6) Blogue copolymers obtained by copolymerization of either ethylene and propylene oxide Suitable polymers include a copolymer having blocks of terephthalate and polyethylene oxide. Very specifically, these polymers are composed of repeating units of ethylene and / or propylene terephthalate and polyethylene oxide terephthalate at a preferred molar ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to polyethylene oxide terephthalate of from about 25:75 to about 35:65, said polyethylene oxide terephthalate containing polyethylene oxide blocks having molecular weights of about 300 to about 2000. The molecular weight of this polymers is in the range of about 5., 000 to approximately 55,000. Other preferred polymers are a crystallizable polyester with repeating units of ethylene terephthalate units containing from about 10% to about 15% by weight of ethylene terephthalate units together with from about 10% to about 50% by weight of polyoxyethylene terephthalate units, derivatives of a polyoxyethylene glycol of average molecular weight of from about 300 to about 6,000, and the molar ratio of ethylene terephthalate units to polyoxyethylene terephthalate units in the crystallizable polymer compound is between 2: 1 and 6: 1. Examples of this polymer include the commercially available mateials Zelcon® 4780 (ex DuPont) and Milease® T (ex ICI). The highly preferred polymers having the generic formula: X- (OCH2CH2) n- [0-C (0) -R1-C (0) -0-R2) u- [0-C (0) -R1-C ( 0) -0) - (CH2CH2?) NX (1) in which X can be any suitable blocking group, with each X being selected from the group consisting of H, and alkyl or acyl groups containing from about 1 to about 4 carbon atoms, preferably methyl, n is selected for solubility in water and is generally from about 6 to about 1 13, preferably from about 20 to about 50, and u is critical for the formulation in a liquid composition having a relatively high ionic strength. There must be very little matrial in which u is greater than 10. In addition, there must be at least 20%, preferably at least 40% material in which u varies from about 3 to about 5. The portions R1 are essentially 1, 4-phenylene portions. As used herein, the term "the R1 portions are essentially 1,4-phenylene portions", refers to compounds wherein the R1 porcines consist entirely of 1, 4-phenylene portions, or are partially substituted with other arylene or alkarylene portions. , alkylene portions, alkenylene portions or mixtures thereof. The arylene and alkarylene portions that can partially replace 1,4-phenylene include 1,3-phenylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,8-naphthylene, 1,4-naphthylene, 2,2-biphenylene, 4,4- biphenylene and mixtures thereof. Alkylene and alkenylene portions that are partially substituted include ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,4-butylene. 1, 5-phenylene, 1,6-hexamethylene, 1,7-heptamethylene, 1,8-octamethylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene and mixtures thereof. For the portions R1, the degree of partial substitution with portions other than 1,4-phenylene should be such that the desired portions of the compound are not adversely affected to some degree. Generally the degree of partial substitution that can be tolerated will depend on the length of the base structure of the compound, i.e., longer base structures may have higher partial substitution for 1,4-phenylene portions. Typically, compounds wherein R1 comprises from about 50% to about 100% 1,4-phenylene portions (portions of from about 0 to about 50% than 1,4-phenylene are suitable. R1 completely consist of (i.e., comprise 100%) 1,4-phenylene portions, ie, each R 1 portion is 1,4-phenylene For the R2 portions, suitable ethylene or substituted ethylene portions include ethylene, 1, 2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,2-hexylene, 3-methoxy-1,2-propylene and mixtures thereof Preferably, the R2 portions are essentially ethylene portions, 1,2-propylene moieties or mixtures thereof. Surprisingly, the inclusion of a higher percentage of 1,2-propylene portions tends to improve the water solubility of the compounds.Therefore, the use of 1,2-propylene portions or a similar branched equivalent is convenient for the incorporation of any substantial polymer parye in the comp softening of liquid fabrics. Preferably, from about 75% to about 100%, most preferably from about 90% to about 100% of the R2 portions are 1,2-propylene portions. The value for each n is at least about 6, and preferably is at least about 10. The value for each n generally varies from about 12 to about 1 13. Typically, the value for each n is in the range from about 1 12 to about 43. A more complete description of these polymers is contained in European patent application 185,427, Gosselink, published June 25, 1986, incorporated herein by reference. Other preferred copolymers include surfactants such as the polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene (PO / EO / PO) reverse block polymers. The copolymer may optionally contain propylene oxide in an amount of up to 15% by weight. Other preferred copolymer surfactants can be prepared by the process described in the U.S.A. 4, 223,163, issued September 16, 1980, Builloty, incorporated herein by reference. Suitable polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block polymer compounds that meet the requirements described above include those based on ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane and ethylene diamine as the reactive hydrogen compound. Some of the block polymer surfactant compounds designated as PLURONICR AND TETRONICR BY BASF-Wyandotte Corp., Wyandotte, Michigan, are suitable in compositions of this invention. A particularly preferred copolymer contains about 40% to about 70% of a polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block polymer blend comprising about 75% by weight of the blend, of a polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene reverse block copolymer containing 17 moles of ethylene oxide and moles of propylene oxide; and about 25% by weight of the mixture, of a polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene block copolymer initiated with trimethylolpropane and containing 99 moles of propylene oxide and 24 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane. Suitable for use as copolymers are those that have a relatively high hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB). Other polymers useful herein include polyethylene glycols having a molecular weight of about 950 to about 30,000, which can be obtained from the Dow Chemical Company of Midland, Michigan. Such compounds, for example, have a melting point in the range of about 30 ° C to about 100 ° C, can be obtained at molecular weights of 1, 450, 3,400, 4,500, 6,000, 7,400, 9,500 and 20,000. Said compounds are formed by the polymerization of ethylene glycol with the required number of moles of ethylene oxide to provide the desired molecular weight and melting point of the respective polyethylene glycol. (7) Alkoxylated Alkoxylated Nonionic Surfactants Suitable surfactants have the formula: R-C (O) -N (R) n - [(R10) X (R2?) And R3] m wherein R is C7 linear alkyl -21, branched alkyl of C7-21, linear alkenyl of C7-21, branched alkenyl of C7-21 and mixtures thereof. Preferably R is linear alkyl or alkenyl of Cs-18-R1 is -CH2-CH2-, R2 linear alkyl of C3-C4, branched alkyl of C3-C4 and mixtures thereof; preferably R2 is -CH (CH3) -CH2-. Surfactants comprising a mixture of units R1 and R2 preferably comprise from about 4 to about 12 units -CH2-CH2- in combination with from about 1 to about 4 units -CH (CH3) -CH2-. The units can be alternating or grouped together in any suitable combination for the formulator. Preferably the ratio of units R1 to units R2 is from about 4: 1 to about 8: 1. Preferably one unit R2 (ie, -C (CH3) H-CH2-) is attached to the nitrogen atom followed by the remainder of the chain comprising from about 4 to 8 units -CH2-CH2. R3 is hydrogen, linear C-1-C4 alkyl, branched C3-C4 alkyl, and mixtures thereof; preferably hydrogen or methyl, most preferably hydrogenome. R 4 is hydrogen, linear C 1 -C 4 alkyl, branched C 3 -C 4 alkyl, and mixtures thereof; preferably hydrogen. When the index m is equal to 2, the index n must be equal to 0 and the unit R4 is absent. The index m is 1 or 2, the index n is 0 or 1, provided that m + n is equal to 2; preferably m equals 1 and n equals 1, resulting in a unit - [(R10) x (R20) and R3] and R4 being present in the nitrogen. The index x is from 0 to about 50, preferably from about 3 to about 25, most preferably from about 3 to about 10. The index y is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0, however when the index and is not equal to 0, and is from 1 to approximately 4. Preferably, all alkyleneoxy units are ethyleneoxy units. Examples of suitable ethoxylated alkylamide surfactants are Rewopal® CQ from Witco, Amidox® C-Stepan and Ethomid® O / 17 and Ethomid® HT / 60 from Akzo; and (8) Mixtures thereof. Auxiliary bleaching preservers. Auxiliary whiteness preservatives are optionally, but preferably incorporated to improve the whiteness of the fabrics. The auxiliary whiteness preservers can be used together with the metal chelator to give an additional increase in whiteness maintenance. 1. Polishes The optical brighteners also known as fluorescent whiteness agents (FWAs) or fluorescent brighteners retain the whiteness while preserving the yellow appearance by adding a complementary color to the fabric and in this way the undesirable yellowing becomes invisible. When a white cloth is stored for a while, it may have a yellow appearance. Without being limited to the theory, it is believed that the autooxidation of polyunsaturated materials such as body fatty acids or active fabric softeners generate compounds that look yellow on white fabrics, because these compounds absorb the short wavelength of light , the light in the spectrum from violet to blue or wavelengths between approximately 370 nm to 550 nm. Optical brighteners absorb light on the ultraviolet light scale and emit light through fluorescence in the range of blue to blue violet in the spectrum. In this way, the optical brighteners replace the missing part of the spectrum on the yellowing of the fabrics and in this way a white appearance is retained.

The product contains from about 0.005% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 3%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 2%, most preferably still from about 0.15% to about 1% by weight of the composition, of optical brightener. The lower levels of brightener are used in the presence of the metal chelator compound. In the absence of a metal chelator compound, higher levels of brightener are preferred. The preferred optical brighteners are colorless on the substrate and do not absorb in the visible part of the spectrum. Preferred optical brighteners are also light fixers, which means that they do not substantially degrade sunlight. Optical brighteners suitable for use in this invention absorb light in the ultraviolet potion of the spectrum between 274 nm and approximately 400 nm and emit light in the violet to violet blue range of the spectrum from 400 nm to approximately 550 nm. Preferably, the optical brightener will contain an uninterrupted chain of conjugated double bonds. Optical brighteners are typically, but are not limited to, stilbene derivatives or 4,4'-diaminostilbene, biphenyl, five-membered heterocycles such as triazoles, oxasols, imidazoles, etc., or six-membered heterocycles (coumarins, naphthalamide, s-triazine, etc.) Many specific brightening structures are described in The Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemistry 3a. ed., pp. 214-226 and in references in the same patent of E.U.A. No. 5,759,990 in column 21, lines 15-60; said reference being incorporated herein by reference as suitable for use in this invention. Ionic brighteners with a positive or negative charge are preferred since this improves the solubility of the compositions described herein and is therefore easier to formulate and more stable. Cationic brighteners are also preferred since these can compete effectively with cationic fabric softeners to be applied to the surface of the fabric. Some preferred but non-limiting brighteners are Optiblanc® GL and Optiblanc® LSN from 3V Inc., Weehawken, New Jersey, Tinopals® CBS SP Slurry 33, PLC, UNPA-GX, 4BM, 4BMS, 5BM, 5BMS, 5BM-GX, AMS-GX, DMS-X, DCS Liquid, K, ERN, LCS, LFW and TAS, UnivexR, SK, ERN, and AT, from Ciba, High Point, North Carolina, BlankophorR FBW, FB, LPG and HRS from Mobay. In addition to avoiding auto-oxidation, some brighteners also prevent the transfer of dye. 2. Agents that provide blue coloration Agents that provide blue coloration also act to preserve whiteness by compensating for yellow appearance by adding a complementary color to the fabric again and thus undesirable yellowing is no longer noticeable. As with the optical brighteners, the blue coloring agents replace the missing part of the spectrum and in this way a white appearance is retained. (3) Ultraviolet light absorbers Without being limited to the theory, ultraviolet light absorbers can operate protecting the fabric and any fabric softening compound deposited on the fabric against exposure to ultraviolet light. It is known that ultraviolet light initiates the autooxidation process and the ultraviolet light absorbers can be deposited on the fabric in such a way that the ultraviolet light is blocked from the fabric and unsaturated fatty materials, thus avoiding the initiation of autooxidation. (4) Oxidative Stabilizers Oxidative Stabilizers may be present in the compositions of the present invention and these prevent yellowing by acting as a scavenger for oxidative processes, thus avoiding and / or terminating auto-oxidation, or reversing oxidation and thus reversing yellowing The term "oxidative stabilizer," as used herein, includes antioxidants and reductive agents. These agents are present at a level of 0% to approximately 2%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.2%, most preferably from about 0.035% to about 0.1% for antioxidants and preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.2% for reductive agents. Examples of antioxidants that can be added to the compositions and process of this invention include a mixture of ascorbic acid, ascorbic palmitate, propylgalate, available from Eastman Chemical Products, Inc., under the trade names Teno? R PG and Teno? R S-1; a mixture of BHT (butylated hydroxytoluene), BHA (butylated hydroxyanisole), propylgalate and citric acid, available from Eastman Chemical produets, Inc., under the trade name Teno? R-6; butylated hydroxytoluene, available from UOP Process Division under the trade name Sustane® BHT; tertiary butylhydroquinone, Eastman Chemical Products, Inc., as Teno ™ R TBHQ; natural tocopherols, Eastman Chemical produets, Inc., as Teno® R GT-1 / GT-2; and butylated hydroxyanisole, Eastman Chemical produets, Inc., as BHA; long chain esters (C8-C22) of gallic acid, for example, dodecylgalate; Irganox® 1035; Irganox B 1171; Irganox® 1425; Irganox R 3114; lrganoxR 3125; and mixtures thereof; preferably Irganox® 3125, Irganox® 1425; Irganox® 3114; and mixtures thereof; most preferably Irganox® 3125 alone or mixed with citric acid and / or other chelating agents such as isorpopilcitrate, Dequest® 2010, available from Monsanto with a chemical name of 1-hydroxyethylene-1, 1-diphosphonic acid (etidronic acid) and Tiron®, available from Kodak with the chemical name of 4,5-dihydroxy-m-benzenesulfonic acid / sodium salt and DTPAR, available from Aldrich with a chemical name of diethylene ether-aminepentaacetic acid. Oxidative stabilizers may also be added at any point during the process of manufacturing fabric softener starting materials wherein polyunsaturated compounds would be present. For example, these could be added in oils used to make fatty acids, during the manufacture of fatty acid and / or storage during the manufacture and / or storage of fabric softener. These ensure good odor stability under long-term storage conditions.

Other Optional Ingredients The fabric care composition of the present invention may optionally contain auxiliary odor controlling materials, chelating agents, antistatic agents, insect repellents and moths, colorants, especially blue coloring agents, antioxidants and mixtures thereof. of the cyclic silicone molecules. The total level of optional ingredients is low, preferably less than about 5%, most preferably less than about 3% and most preferably still less than about 2% by weight of the use composition. These optional ingredients exclude the other ingredients specifically mentioned above. The incorporation of auxiliary odor control materials can increase the cyclodextrin's ability to control odors as well as expand the range of odor types and sizes of molecules that can be controlled. Such materials include, for example, metal salts, cationic and water-soluble anionic polymers, zeolites, water-soluble bicarbonate salts and mixtures thereof.

Water-soluble polyionic polymers Some water-soluble polyionic polymers, for example, water-soluble cythionic polymer and water-soluble anionic polymers can be used in the composition of the present invention to provide additional odor control benefits.

Cationic polymers, for example, polyamines Water-soluble cationic polymers, for example, those containing amino functionalities, amido functionalities and mixtures thereof, are useful in the present invention for controlling certain acid-type odors.

Anionic polymers, for example. polyacrylic acid Water-soluble anionic polymers, for example polyacrylic acids and their water-soluble salts are useful in the present invention to control certain amine-type odors. Preferred polyacrylic acids and their alkali metal salts have an average molecular weight of less than about 20,000, most preferably less than 5,000,000, preferably less than about 10,000, most preferably from about 500 to about 5,000. Polymers containing sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, phosphonic acid groups and their water soluble salts and mixtures thereof and mixtures with carboxylic acid and carboxylate groups are also suitable.

Water-soluble polymers containing cationic and anionic functionalities are also suitable. Examples of these polymers are given in the patent of E.U.A. No. 4,909,986, issued March 20, 1990 to N. Kobayashi and A. Kawazoe, incorporated herein by reference. Another example of water soluble polymers containing cationic and anionic functionalities is a copolymer of dimethyldiallylammonium chloride and acrylic acid, commercially available under the tradename Merquat 28? R from Calgon. When a water-soluble polymer is used, it is typically present at a level of from about 0.001% to about 3%, preferably from about 0.005% to about 2%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 1% and most preferably still from about 0.05% to about 0.5% by weight of the composition of use.

Antistatic Agents The composition of the present invention may optionally contain an effective amount of an antistatic agent to provide the fabrics treated with static when used. Preferred antistatic agents are those which are soluble in water in at least one effective amount, so that the composition remains as a clear solution. Examples of these antistatic agents are monoalkyl cationic quaternary ammonium compounds, for example mono (C? O-C?) Trimethylammonium halide halide, such as monolauryltrimethylammonium chloride, hydroxyethylhydroxyethyldimethylammonium chloride, available under the trade name Dehyquart E® from Henkel, and ethyl bis (polyethoxy ethanol) alkylammonium ethiisulfate, available under the tradename Variquat 66® from Witco Corp., polyethylene glycols, polymeric quaternary ammonium salts, such as polymers that fit the general formula: - [N (CH3 ) 2- (CH2) 3-NH-CO-NH- (CH2) 3-N (CH3) 2 + -CH2CH2OCH2CH2] -? 2 + 2x [Cp available under the tradename Mirapol A-15® from Rhóne-Poulenc, and - [N (CH3) 2- (CH2) 3-NH-CO- (CH2) 4-CO-NH- (CH2) 3-N (CH3) 2- (CH2CH2? CH2CH2] -x +? [c? available under the tradename Mirapol AD-1® from Rhóne-Poulenc, quaternized polyethyleneimines, vinylpyrrolidone copolymer / methacrylamidopropyltrimethylammonium chloride, available under the trade name Gafquat HS-100® from GAF; triethium hydrolyzed collagen etosulfate, available under the trade name Quat-Pro E® from Maybrook; neutralized sulfonated polystyrene, available, for example, under the tradename Versa TL-130® from Aleo Chemical, copolymers of neutralized sulfonated polystyrene / maleic anhydride, available, for example, under the trade name Versa TL-4® from Aleo Chemical and mixtures thereof. It is preferable to use a non-foaming agent, or a low foaming agent, to avoid foaming during the treatment of the fabrics. It is also preferable that polyethoxylated agents such as polyethylene glycol or Variquat 66® are not used when alpha-cyclodextrin is used. The polyethoxylate groups have a strong affinity to, and readily complex with, alpha-cyclodextrin which in turn depletes the cyclodextrin without forming complex available for odor control. When an antistatic agent is used, it typically occurs at a level of from about 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, most preferably from about 0.3% to about 3%, by weight of the composition of use.

Insect repellent agent or moths The composition of the present invention may optionally contain an effective amount of insect and / or moth repellent agents. Pheromones, such as anti-aggregation pheromones, and other natural and / or synthetic ingredients are typical insect repellants and moths. Preferred insect and moth repellents useful in the composition of the present invention are perfume ingredients, such as citronellol, citrolelal, citral, linalool, cedar extract, geranium oil, sandalwood oil, 2- (diethylphenoxy) ethanol , 1-dodecene, etc. Other examples of insect repellents and / or moths useful in the compositions of the present invention are described in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 4,449,987; 4,693,890; 4,696,676; 4,933,371; 5,030,660; 5,196,200, and in "Semio Activity of Flavor and Fragrance Molecules on Various Insect Species," B.D. Mookherjee et al., Published in Bioactive Volatile Compounds from Plants, ASC Symposium Series 525, R Teranishi, R.G. Buttery, and H. Sugisawa, 1993, pages 35-48, all patents and publications mentioned are incorporated herein by reference. When an insect repellent and / or moth is used it is typically present at a level of from about 0.005% to about 3% by weight of the use composition.

Coloring Dyes and dyes, especially blue coloring agents, can optionally be added to fabric care compositions for yield printing and visual appeal. When dyes are used, they are used at extremely low levels to avoid staining the fabrics. Preferred dyes for use in the compositions of the present invention are highly water-soluble dyes, for example, Liquitint® dyes available from Milliken Chemical Co. Non-limiting examples of suitable dyes are Liquitint Blue HPR, Liquitint Blue 6d®, Liquitint Patent Blue®, Liquitint Royal Blue R, Liquitint Experimental Yellow 8949-43R, Liquitint Green HMCR, Liquitint Yellow l | R, and mixtures thereof, preferably Liquitint Blue HPR, Liquitint Blue 65R, Liquitint Patent Blue R, Liquitint Royal Blue R, Liquitint Experimental Yellow 8949-43R and mixtures thereof.

Optional anti-clogging agent The optional clogging agent that improves the wetting and anti-clogging properties of the composition, especially when starch is present, is selected from the group of polymeric glycols of alkanes and olefins ranging from 2 to about 6. , preferably 2 carbon atoms. The anti-plugging agent inhibits the formation of "plugs" in the nozzle of the sprinkler. An example of a preferred anti-clogging agent is polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of about 800 to about 12,000, most preferably from about 1,400 to about 8,000. In use, the anti-clogging agent is present at a level of about 0.01% to about 1%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.5%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.3% by weight of the composition of use.

Detergency builders The compositions according to the present invention may further comprise a detergency builder or detergency improving system, especially for detergent compositions. Any conventional builder system is suitable for use in the present invention including aluminosilicate materials, silicates, polycarboxylates, alkyl or alkenylsuccinic acid and fatty acids, materials such as ethylenediaminetetraacetate, diethylenetriaminepentamethylenacetate, metal ion sequestrants such as aminopolyphosphonates, particularly ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonic acid and diethylenetriaminepentamethylenephosphonic acid. Phosphate builders can also be used in the present invention. The present invention may include a suitable detergency builder or a detergency salt. The level of detergent / builder salt may vary widely depending on the final use of the composition and its desired physical form. When they are present, the compositions typically comprise at least about 1% detergency builder and most typically from about 10% to about 80%, most typically still from about 15% to about 50% by weight of the builder. , lower or higher levels should not be excluded.Inorganic or P-containing detergent salts include but are not limited to alkali metal ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates (polished by tripolyphosphates, phosphates and vitreous polymeric metaphosphates), phosphonates, phytic acid, silicates, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarbonates), sulfates and aluminosilicates However, non-phosphate salts are required in certain places Importantly, the compositions of the present invention work surprisingly well even in the presence of called "weak" builders (compared to phosphates) such as citrate , or in the so-called "no detergency improvement" situation that may occur with zeolite or stratified silicate builders. Organic builders suitable for the purposes of the present invention include but are not restricted to a wide variety of polycarboxylate compounds. As used herein, "polycarboxylate" refers to compounds having a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates. The polycarboxylate builder generally can be added to the composition in acid form, but can also be added in the form of a neutralized salt. When used in the salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium and lithium or alkanolammonium salts are preferred. Examples of suitable silicate builders, carbonate salts, aluminosilicate builders, polycarboxylate builders, citrate builders, 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-1,6-hexanedioate builders and related compounds described in the US patent No. 4,566,984, Bush, succinic acid builders, phosphorus-based builders and fatty acid builders are disclosed in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 5,576,282, 5,728,671 and 5,707,950. Additional suitable builders may be an inorganic ion exchange material, commonly an inorganic hydrous aluminosilicate material, most particularly a synthetic hydrated zeolite such as hydrated zeolite A, X, B, HS, or MAP: The specific polycarboxylates suitable for the present invention are polycarboxylates containing a carboxy group including lactic acid, glycolic acid and ether derivatives thereof as described in the Belgian patents Nos. 831, 368, 821, 369 and 821, 370. Polycarboxylates containing two carboxy groups include the water-soluble salts of succinic acid, malonic acid, diacetic acid (ethylenedioxy), maleic acid, diglycolic acid, tartaric acid, tartronic acid and fumaric acid, as well as the ether carboxylates described in the German patents 2,446,686 and 2,446,687 and the US patent No. 3,935,257 and the sulfinylcarboxylates described in Belgian Patent No. 840,623. Polycarboxylates containing three carboxy groups include in particular water-soluble citrates, aconitrates and citraconates as well as succinate derivatives such as the carboxymethyloxysuccinates described in British Patent No. 1, 379,241, Lactoxysuccinates described in Dutch Application 7205873 and Oxypolycarboxylate materials. such as 2-oxa-1,1,3-propanedicarboxylates described in British Patent No. 1, 387,447. Polycarboxylates containing four carboxy groups include oxydisuccinates described in British Patent No. 1, 261, 829, 1, 1, 2,2-etantetracarboxylates, 1, 1,3,3-propanetracarboxylates and 1, 1, 2,3- propanetracarboxylates. Polycarboxylates containing sulfo substituents include sulfosuccinate derivatives described in British Patent Nos. 1, 398,421 and 1, 398,422 and in the patent of E.U.A. No. 3,936,448 and the sulfonated pyrolysed citrates described in British Patent No. 1, 082,179, while polycarboxylates containing phosphone substituents are described in British Patent No. 1, 439,000. Alicyclic and heterocyclic polycarboxylates include cyclopenta-cis, cis, cis-tetracarboxylates, cyclopentadienidepentacarboxylates, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-furan-cis.cis.cis-tetracarboxylates, 2,5-tetrahydro-furan-cis-dicarboxylates, 2,2,5,5-tetrahydrofuran-tetrcarboxylates, 1, 2,3,4, 5,6-hexan-hexacarboxylates and carboxymethyl derivatives of polyhydric alcohols such as sorbitol, mannitol and xylitol. Aromatic polycarboxylates include melific acid, pyromellitic acid and the phthalic acid derivatives described in British Patent No. 1, 425,343. - Of the above, the preferred polycarboxylates are hydroxycarboxylates which contain up to three carboxy groups per molecule, very particularly citrates. Preferred builder systems for use in compositions herein include a mixture of a water-soluble aluminosilicate builder such as zeolite A or a layered silicate (SKS-6), and a water-soluble carboxylate chelating agent such as citric acid. Preferred builder systems include a water insoluble aluminosilicate builder mixture such as zeolite A, and a water soluble carboxylate chelating agent such as citric acid. Preferred builder systems for use in liquid detergent compositions of the present invention are soaps and polycarboxylates. Other suitable water-soluble organic salts are the homo or copolymeric acids or their salts, in which the polycarboxylic acid comprises at least two carboxyl radicals separated from one another by not more than two carbon atoms. Polymers of this type are described in GB-A-1, 596,756. Examples of such salts are polyacrylates of molecular weight of MW 2000-5000 and their copolymers with maleic anhydride, said copolymers having a molecular weight of 20,000 to 70,000, especially about 40,000. The builder salts are usually included in amounts of 5% to 80% by weight of the composition preferably 10% to 70% and most preferably 30% to 60% by weight.

Bleaching agent Additional optional detergent ingredients that can be included in the detergent compositions of the present invention include bleaching agents such as hydrogen peroxide, PB1, PB4 and percarbonate with a particle size of 400-800 microns. These bleaching agent components can include one or more oxygen bleaching agents and, depending on the bleaching agent chosen, one or more bleach activators. When present, oxygen bleach compounds will typically be present at levels of from about 1% to about 25%. The bleaching agent component for use in the present invention can be any of the bleaching agents useful for detergent compositions including oxygen bleaching as well as others known in the art. The bleaching agent suitable for the present invention may be an activated or non-activated bleaching agent. Examples of suitable bleaching agents are described in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,576,282.

The hydrogen peroxide releasing agents can be used in combination with, for example, the bleach activators described in the E-patent. U.A. No. 5,707,950 or N-nonanoyl-6-aminocaproic acid phenolsulfonate ester (NACA-OBS), described in WO94 / 28106, which are perhydroylated to form peracid as the active bleaching species, leading to an improved bleaching effect. Suitable activators are also acylated citrate esters. Useful bleaching agents, including peroxyacids and bleaching systems comprising bleach activators and peroxygen bleach compounds for use in detergent compositions according to the invention are described in W095 / 27772, W095 / 27773, W095 / 27774, W095 / 27775 and the patent of E.U.A. No. 5,707,950. Metal-containing catalysts for use in the bleaching compositions include cobalt-containing catalysts such as pentaminoacetate-cobalt (III) salts and manganese-containing catalysts such as those described in EPA 549 271; EPA 549 272; EPA 458 397; E.U.A. 5,246,621; EPA 458 398; E.U.A. 5,194,416 and E.U.A. 5,114,611. Bleaching compositions comprising a peroxy compound, a manganese-containing bleach catalyst and a chelating agent are described in patent application No. 94870206.3. All prior patents and applications are incorporated herein by reference.

Dye transfer inhibiting agents The fabric care compositions of the present invention can also include compounds to inhibit the transfer of dye from one fabric to another of solubilized and suspended dyes encountered during the washing and conditioning operations of fabrics in which they are involved. colored fabrics.

Polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents The fabric care compositions according to the present invention can also comprise from 0.001% to 10%, preferably from 0.01% to 2%, most preferably from 0.05% to 1% by weight of inhibitory agents of polymeric dye transfer. Said polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents are normally incorporated in fabric care compositions to inhibit the transfer of dyes from colored fabrics onto fabrics washed therewith. These polymers have the ability to complex or adsorb the migratory dyes that are released from the dyed fabrics before the dyes have an opportunity to re-adhere to the articles in the washing or rinsing. Especially suitable polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents are polymers of polyvinylpyrrolidone, N-oxide of poly-4-vinylpyridine, polymers of N-oxide of polyamine, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, polyvinyloxazolidones and polyvinylimidazoles or mixtures thereof . Examples of said dye transfer inhibiting agents are described in the U.S.A. No. 5, 804,219, issued on September 8, 1998 to T. Trinh, S. L.-L. Sung, H. B. Tordil and P. A. Wendland, and in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,707,951, all incorporated herein by reference. Suitable dye transfer inhibiting agents include, but are not limited to, entangled polymers. The entangled polymers are polymers whose base structures are interconnected to a certain degreeg. ; these links can be of a chemical or physical nature, possibly with active groups in the base structure or in branches; Interlaced polymers have been described in Journal of Polymer Science, volume 22, pages 1035-1039. In one embodiment, the entangled polymers are made in such a way that they form a rigid three-dimensional structure, which can trap dyes in the pores formed by the three-dimensional structure. In another embodiment, the entangled polymers trap the dyes by swelling. Said entangled polymers are described in co-pending European patent application 94870213.9 Chlorine scrubbing agents Chlorine scrubbing agents are active agents that react with chlorine, or with chlorine generating materials, such as hypochlorite, to eliminate or reduce the bleaching activity of chlorine materials. Chlorine is used in many parts of the world to disinfect water. To make sure that the water is safe, a small amount, typically about 1 to 2 ppm, of chlorine is left in the water. It has been found that this small amount of chlorine in tap water can cause some fabric dyes to fade. For compositions added to the rinse, it is suitable to incorporate sufficient chlorine scavenging agent to neutralize about 1 ppm, preferably 2 ppm, most preferably 3 ppm and most preferably still 10 ppm of chlorine in the rinse water. Suitable levels of optional chlorine scrubbers in the composition that is added to the rinse of the present invention ranges from about 0.01% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.02% to about 5%, most preferably from about 0.05% to about 4%. The fabric softening compositions and especially the compositions herein preferred may contain an effective amount of chlorine scavenger, preferably selected from the group consisting of: a. amines and their salts; b. ammonium salts; c: amino acids and their salts; d. polyamino acids and their salts; and. polyethylene imines and their salts; F. polyamines and their salts; g. polyaminoamides and their salts; h. polyacrylamides; and i. mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of color scavengers include amines, preferably primary and secondary amines, including primary and secondary fatty amines and alkanolamines; and its salts; ammonium salts, for example, chloride, bromide, citrate, sulfate; amino functional polymers and their salts; amino acid homopolymers with amino groups and their salts, such as polyarginine, polylysine, polyhistidine; amino acid copolymers with amino groups and their salts, including 1,5-diammonium 2-methylpentendichloride and lysine monohydrochloride; amino acids and their salts, preferably those having more than one amino group per molecule, such as arginine, histidine and lysine, reducing anions such as sulfite, bisulfite, thiosulfate and nitrite, antioxidants such as ascorbate, carbamate, phenols; and mixtures thereof. Preferred chlorine scrubbers are water-soluble primary and secondary amines, especially low molecular weight low volatility, for example, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, hexamethylene triamine, and their salts and mixtures thereof. Suitable chlorine scavenging polymers include: water-soluble customary amino polymers, for example, polyethylene imines, polyamines, polyaminoamines, polyacrylamides and their salts and mixtures thereof. The preferred polymers are polyethylene imines; polyamines including, for example, higher cyclic dialkylamines and their condensation products, and polymers containing amino groups; polyaminoamides and their salts and mixtures thereof. Preferred polymers for use in the fabric softener compositions of Va present invention are polyethyleneimines and their salts. Preferred polyethylene imines have a molecular weight of less than about 2000, most preferably from about 200 to about 1500. The solubility in water is preferably at least about 1 g / 100 g of water, most preferably of at least about 3 g. g / 100 g of water, very preferably still of at least about 5 g / 100 g of water. Some polyamines with the general formula (R1) 2N (CX2) nN (R2) 2 can be separated as a chlorine scavenging agent and a "chelating" color care agent. Non-limiting examples of said polyamines are N, N, N ', N'-tetrakis (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylene diamine and N, N, N', N ", N" -penta (2-hydroxypropyl) diethylene triamine. Preferred polymeric chlorine scrubbers have an average molecular weight of less than about 5, 000, most preferably from about 200 to about 2,000, most preferably from about 200 to about 1,000. Low molecular weight polymers are easier to remove from fabrics than higher molecular weight polymers, resulting in less accumulation of the chlorine scavenger and therefore less discoloration of the fabrics. The liquid chlorine scrubbers can be used in liquid fabric softening compositions, but the chloro-amino functional scrubbers are preferably neutralized by an acid, before they are added to the compositions.

Polymeric soil release agents Dirt release agents, generally polymers, are especially desirable additives at levels of from about 0.05% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 4%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 3%. Suitable soil release agents are described in US Patents. Nos. 4,702,857, Gosselink, issued October 27, 1987; 4,711, 730, Gosselink and Diehl, issued December 8, 1987; 4,713,194, Gosselink, issued December 15, 1987; 4,877,896, Maldonado, Trinh, and Gosselink, issued October 31, 1989; 4,956,447, Gosselink, Hardy and Trinh, issued September 11, 1990; and 4,749,596, Evans, Huntington, Stewart, Wolf and Zimmerer, issued June 7, 1988, said patents being incorporated herein by reference. Especially desirable optional ingredients are polymeric soil release agents comprising polyalkylene terephthalate and polyoxyethylene terephthalate block copolymers, and polyalkylene terephthalate and polyethylene glycol block copolymers. The polyalkylene terephthalate blocks preferably comprise ethylene and / or propylene groups. Many dirt-releasing polymers of this type are non-ionic.

A preferred nonionic soil release polymer has the following average structure: C 3 O (CH 2 CH 2) 40 - [C (O) -C 6 H 4 -C (O) -OCH 2 CH (CH 3) O-] 5 -C (0) -C6H4-C (0) - (OCH2CH2-) 4? OCH3 Said soil release polymers are described in the US patent No. 4,849,257, Borcher, Trinh and Bolich, issued July 18, 1989, said patent being incorporated herein by reference. Another highly preferred nonionic soil release polymer is described in New Zealand Patent No. 242,150, issued August 7, 1995 to Pan, Gosselink and Honsa, said patent is incorporated herein by reference. The polymeric soil release agents useful in the present invention can include polymeric anionic and cationic soil release agents. Suitable anionic polymeric or oligomeric soil release agents are described in the U.S.A. No. No. 4,018,569, Trinh, Gosselink and Rattinger, issued April 4, 1989, said patent incorporated herein by reference. Other suitable polymers are described in the U.S.A. No. 4,808,086, Evans, Huntington, Stewart, Wolf and Zimmerer, issued February 24, 1989, said patent being incorporated herein by reference. Suitable cationic soil release polymers are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,956,447. Gosselink, Hardy and Trinh, issued on September 11, 1990, said patent being incorporated herein by reference.

Dye Fixing Agents Optional dye fixative agents, or "fixatives," are "useful materials for improving the appearance of dyed fabrics by minimizing the loss of dye from fabrics due to washing." Many dye fixing agents are cationic and they are based on quaternized nitrogen compound or nitrogen compounds that have a strong cationic charge that is formed in situ under the conditions of use Cationic fixatives are available under several commercial names from various suppliers, representative examples include: CROSCOLORR PMF AND CROSCOLORR Available NOS from Crosfield, INDOSOLR E-50 (based on polyethyleneamine) and SANDOFIXR TPS from Sandoz, and CARTAFIXR CB from Clariant, additional non-limiting examples include SANDOFIX SWE (a cationic resinous compound) from Sandoz; REWINR SRF, REWINR SRF-0 and REWIN DWR from CHT-Beitlich GMBH, Tinofix® ECO, Tinofi® R FRD and Solfin® from Ciba-Geigy. Preferred optional prayers for use in the compositions of the present invention are SANDOFIX TPS and CARTAFIX CB. Other cationic dye fixing agents are described in "Aftertreatments for Improving the Fastness of Dyes on Textile Fibers", Chistopher C. Cook, Rev. Prog. Coloration, Vol. XII, (1982). Optional dye fixing agents for use in the present invention are ammonium compounds such as fatty acid concentrates.diamine, inter alia, the hydrochloride, acetate, methosulfate and benzylhydrochloride salts of diamine esters. Non-limiting examples include oleyldietilaminoethylamide, oleylmethyldiethylenediamine methosulfate, monostearylethylenediaminetrimethylammonium metasulfate. In addition, the N-oxides of tertiary amines; polymeric alkyldiamine derivatives; Condensate of polyamide-cyanuric chloride and aminated glycerol dichlorohydrins are suitable for use as dye fixatives in the compositions of the present invention. Another class of optional dye fixing agents suitable for use in the present invention are reactive cellulose dye fixing agents. The cellulose reactive dye fixatives can be suitably combined with one or more dye fixatives described hereinbefore or to comprise a "dye fixer system". The term "cellulose reactive dye fixing agent" is defined herein as "a dye fixing agent that reacts with cellulose fibers under application of heat or under heat treatment either in situ or by the formulator". Cellulose reactive dye fixing agents are typically compounds that contain a reactive portion to cellulose. Non-limiting examples of these compounds include halogenotriazines, vinylsulfones, epichlorohydrin derivatives, hydroxyethylene urea derivatives, condensation products of formaldehyde, polycarboxylates, glyoxal and glutaraldehyde derivatives and mixtures thereof. Additional examples can be found in "Textile Processing and Properties", Tyrone L. Vigo, on pages 120 to 121, Elsevier (1997), which describes specific electrophilic groups and their corresponding cellulose affinity. Preferred hydroxyethyleneurea derivatives include dimethyloldihydroxyethyleneurea and dimethylureaglyoxal. Preferred formaldehyde condensation products include the condensation products derived from formaldehyde and a group selected from an amino group, a minimum group, a phenol group, a urea group, a cyanamide group and an aromatic group. Compounds commercially available in this class are Sandofix WE from Clariant, Zetex E from Zeneca and Levogen BF from Bayer. Preferred polycarboxylate derivatives include butacarboxylic acid derivatives, citric acid derivatives, polyacrylates and derivatives thereof. A preferred cellulosic reactive dye fixing agent is Indosol CR (hydroxyethyleneurea derivative) from Clariant. Other preferred cellulosic reactive dye fixing agents are Rewin DWR and Rewin WBS from CHT R. Beitlich. The compositions of the present invention optionally comprise from about 0.001% to about 40%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 10%, most preferably from about 1% to about 5% by weight of the fabric care composition, of one or more dye fixing agents. Dispersants The detergent composition of the present invention may also contain dispersants, suitable water soluble organic salts are the homo or copolymeric acids or their salts, in which the polycarboxylic acid comprises at least two carboxyl radicals separated from each other by more than two carbon atoms. Polymers of this type are described in GB-A-1, 596,756. Examples of such salts are polyacrylates of MW 2000-5000 and their copolymers with maleic anhydride, said copolymers having a molecular weight of 1,000 to 100,000. Especially, the acrylate-methacrylate copolymer such as 480N having a molecular weight of 4000, at a level of 0.5-20% by weight of the composition can be added to the detergent compositions of the present invention. The compositions of the invention may contain a lime soap peptizer compound, which has a soap-dispersing power of lime.

(LSDP), as defined below of no more than 8, preferably no more than 7, most preferably no more than 6. The lime soap peptizer compound is preferably present at a level of 0% to 20% by weight . A numerical measure of the effectiveness of a lime soap peptizer is given by the lime soap dispersing power (LSDP) which is determined using the lime soap dispersant test as described in an H.C. Borghetty and C.A. Bergman, J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soo, volume 27, pages 88-90, (1950). The lime soap dispersion test method is widely used by experts in this art being referred, for example, to the following review articles: W.N. Linfield, Surfactant science Series, Volume 7, page 3; W.N. Linfield, Tenside surf. det., volume 27, pages 159-163, (1990); and M.K. Nagarajan, W.F. Masler, Cosmetics and Toiletries, volume 104, pages 71-73, (1989). The LSDP is the ratio in percent by weight of dispersing agent to sodium oleate required to disperse the lime soap deposits formed by 0.025 g of sodium oleate in 30 ml of water of 333ppm CaC 3 (Ca: Mg = 3 : 2) equivalent hardness. Surfactants having good lime soap peptizer capacity will include certain amine oxides, betaines, sulfobetaines, alkyl ethoxy sulfates and ethocylated alcohols. Exemplary surfactants having an LSDP of not more than 8 to be used in accordance with the present invention include dimethylamine oxide of C- | 6-Ci8. C12-C18 alkyl ethoxylates with an average degree of ethoxylation of 1-5, particularly C-2-C- | 5 alkylcytoisulfate surfactant with an ethoxylation degree of 3 (LSDP = 4) and C14- ethoxylated alcohols C15 with an average degree of ethoxylation of 12 (LSDP = 6) or 30, sold under the trade names Lutensol A012 and Lutensol A030 respectively, by BASF GmbH. Suitable polymeric lime soap peptizers for use herein are described in the article by M.K. Nagarajan, W.F. Masler, which is in Cosmetics and Toiletries, volume 104, pages 71-73, (1989). Hydrophobic bleaches such as 4- [N-octanoyl-6-aminohexanoyljbenzenesulfonate, 4- [N-nonanoyl-6-aminohexanoyljbenzenesulfonate, 4- [N-decanoyl-6-aminohexanoyl] benzenesulfonate and mixtures thereof; and nonanoyloxybenzenesulfonate together with hydrophilic / hydrophobic bleach formulations can also be used as lime soap peptizer compounds. Examples of other suitable dispersing agents are described in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,576,282 and 5,728,671.

Enzymes Optional enzymes are useful in the compositions, especially compositions that are added to the wash and compositions that are added to the rinse, of the present invention to improve cleaning, odor control and / or appearance benefits of the fabrics. Preferred enzymes include enzymes applicable to detergents for laundry and / or for fabric care such as protease, amylase, lipase, cutinase and / or cellulase. Examples of suitable enzymes are described in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,576,282, 5,728,671 and 5,707,950. Particularly useful proteases are described in PCT publications: WO 95/30010 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; WO95 / 30011 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; and WO 95/29979 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company. In addition to the peoxidase enzymes described in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,576,282, 5,728,671 and 5,707,950, other suitable peroxidase enzymes are described in European patent application EP No. 96870013.8, filed on February 20, 1996. Also suitable is the laccase enzyme. Preferred incrementers are fentiazin and phenoxasin-10-phenothiazinepropionic acid (PPT), 10-ethylphenothiazine-4-carboxylic acid (EPC), 10-phenoxazinpropionic acid (POP) and 10-methylphenoxazine (described in WO 94/12621). ) and substituted syringates (substituted C3-C5 alkyl alkylsatinates) and phenols. Sodium percarbonate or perborate are preferred sources of hydrogen peroxide. Said peroxidases are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels of 0.0001% to 2% active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition. Other preferred enzymes that can be included in the fabric care or detergent compositions of the present invention include lipases. Suitable lipase enzymes for detergent use include those produced by microorganisms from the Pseudomonas group, such as Pseudomonas stutzeri ATCC 19,154, as described in British Patent 1, 372,034. Suitable lipases include those that show a positive immunological cross-reaction with the lipase antibody, produced by the microorganism Pseudomonas fluorescent IAM 1057. This lipase is available from Amano Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Nagoya, Japan, under the trade name Lipase P "Amano", hereinafter referred to as "Amano-P". Other suitable commercial lipases include Amano-CES, lipases ex Chromobacter viscosum e.g., Chromobacter viscosum var. lipolyticum NRRLB 3673 from Toyo Jozo Co., Tagata, Japan; Chromobacter viscosum lipases from U.S. Biochemical Corp., U.S.A. and Disoynth Co., The Netherlands, and lipases ex Pseudomonas galdioli. Especially suitable lipases are lipases such as M1 Lipase® and Lipomax® (Gist-brocades) and Lipolase® and Lipolase Ultra® (Novo) which have been found to be very effective when used in combination with the compositions of the present invention. Also suitable are cutinases [EC 3.1.1.50] that can be considered as a special type of lipase, namely lipases that do not require interfacial activation. The addition of cutinases to detergent compositions have been described for example in WO 88/09367 (Genencor). The lipases and / or cutinases are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels of 0.0001% to 2% active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition. The known amylases (a and / or ß) can be included to remove carbohydrate-based stains. WO 94/02597, Novo Nordisk A / S published on February 3, 1994, describes cleaning compositions that incorporate mutant amylases. See also WO94 / 18314, Genencor, published August 18, 1994 and WO95 / 10603, Novo Nordisk A / S, published April 20, 1995. Other amylases known to be used in detergent compositions include α and β amylases. The amylases a is concentrated in the art and include those described in the U.S.A. 5,003,257; EP 252,666; WO 91/00353; FR 2,676,456; EP 285,123; EP 525,610; EP 368,341; and British Patent Specification No. 1, 296,839 (Novo). Other suitable amylases are stability enhancing amylases including Purafact Ox AMR described in WO 94/18314, published August 18, 1994 and WO96 / 05295, Genencor, published on February 22, 1996 and amylase variants of Novo Nordisk A / S, described in WO 95/10603, published in April 1995. Examples of a-amylase products are TERMAMYLR, BANR, FUNGAMYLR and DURAMYLR, all available from Novo Nordisk A / S Denmark. W095 / 26397 describes other suitable amylases: α-amylases characterized by having a specific activity at least 25% more than the specific activity of TERMAMYL® at a temperature range of 25 ° C to 55 ° C and a pH value in the range from 8 to 10, measured by the PHADEBASR α-amylase activity test. Other amylolytic enzymes with improved properties with respect to activity level and the combination of thermostability and a higher activity level are described in W095 / 35382. Suitable cellulases in the present invention include bacterial or fungal cellulases. Preferably, they have an optimum pH of between 5 and 12 and an activity above 50 CEVU (Cellulose Viscosity Unit). Suitable cellulases are described in the U.S.A. 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al., J61078384 and WO96 / 02653 which describes fungal cellulases produced respectively from Humicola insolens, trichoderma, Thielavia and Sporotrichum. EP 739 982 describes cellulases isolated from the novel Bacillus species. Suitable cellulases are also described in GB-A-2,075,028; GB-A-2,095,275; DE-OS-2,247,832 and W095 / 26398.

Examples of said cellulases and cellulases produced by a strain of Humicola insolens (Humicola grísea var. Thermoidea), particularly the strain of Humicola DSM 1800. Other suitable cellulases are cellulases originated from Humicola insolens having a molecular weight of approximately 50KDa, a point isoelectric of 5.5 and containing 415 amino acids; and an endoglucanase ~ 43kD derived from Humicola insolens, DSM 1800, exhibiting cellulase activity; a preferred endoglucanase component has the amino acid sequence described in PCT patent application No. WO 91/17243. Suitable cellulases are also the EGIII cellulases of Trichoderma longibrachiatum described in WO94 / 21801, Genencor, published September 29, 1994. Especially suitable cellulases are cellulases which have color care benefits. Examples of said cellulases are cellulases described in European Patent Application No. 91202879.2, filed on November 6, 1991 (Novo). Carezyme and Celluzyme (Novo Nordisk A / S) are especially useful. See also W091 / 17244 and WO91 / 21801. Other cellulases suitable for fabric care and / or cleaning properties are described in WO96 / 34092, W096 / 17994 and W095 / 24471. Suitable cellulases and their appropriate levels useful in the compositions that are added during rinsing of the present invention are described in the U.S.A. No. 5,445,747, issued August 29, 1995 to L. L. Kvietok, T. Trinh and J. A. Hollingshead. All these patents are incorporated herein by reference.

Said cellulases are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels of 0.0001% to 2% of the active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition. The enzymes mentioned above can be of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast. Purified and non-purified forms of these enzymes can be used. Also included by the definition on mutants of native enzymes. Mutants can be obtained, for example, by protein engineering and / or genetics, chemical and / or physical modifications of native enzymes. The common practice is also the expression of the enzyme by host organisms in which the genetic material responsible for the production of the enzyme has been cloned. The enzymes are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels of 0.0001% to 2% of the active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition. Enzymes can be added as separate individual ingredients (pills, granules, stabilized liquids, etc. containing an enzyme) or mixtures of two or more enzymes (eg, cogranulates). Other suitable ingredients that can be added are enzyme oxidation scavengers. Examples of said enzyme oxidation scavengers are ethoxylated tetraethylenepolyamides. A range of enzyme materials and means for their incorporation into synthetic detergent composition are also described in WO 9307263 and WO 9307260 from Genencor International, WO 8908694 from Novo and E.U.A. 3,553,139, January 5, 1971 by McCarty et al. Enzymes are further described in E.U.A. 4,101, 457, Place et al, July 18, 1978 and in E.U.A. 4,507,219, Hughes, March 26, 1985. Enzyme materials useful for liquid detergent formulations and their incorporation into such formulations are described in E.U.A. 4,261, 868, Hora et al, April 14, 1981. Enzymes for use in detergents can be stabilized by various techniques. Enzyme stabilization techniques are described and illustrated in E.U.A. 3,600,319, August 17, 1971, Gedge et al, EP 199,405 and EP 200,586, October 29, 1986, Venegas. Enzyme stabilization systems are also described, for example, in E.U.A. 3,519,570. A Bacillus, sp. Useful AC13 that produces proteases, xylanases and cellulases is described in WO 9401532 by Novo. Enzymes can also be used to control certain types of bad odors, especially bad smells of urine and other types of excretions., including rejurjitados materials. Proteases are especially desirable. The activity of commercial enzymes depends very much on the type and purity of the enzyme that is being considered. Enzymes that are water-soluble proteases such as pepsin, trypsin, ficin, bromelain, papain, renin and mixtures thereof are particularly useful. For odor control purposes, the enzymes are normally incorporated at levels sufficient to provide up to about 5 mg by weight, preferably from about 0.001 mg to about 3 mg, most preferably from about 0.002 mg to about 1 mg of active enzyme per gram of the aqueous compositions. Stated differently, the aqueous compositions herein may comprise from about 0.0001% to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.001% to about 0.3%, most preferably from about 0.005% to about 0.2% by weight of the preparation of commercial enzyme. Protease enzymes are generally useful in such commercial preparations at levels sufficient to provide 0.0005 to 0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram of aqueous composition. Non-limiting examples of commercially available water-soluble proteases available are pepsin, trypsin, ficin, bromelain, papain, renin and mixtures thereof. Papain can be isolated, for example, from papaya latex, and is commercially available in the purified form up to, for example, about 80% protein, or a cruder technical grade of much lower activity. Other suitable examples of proteases are the subtilisins that can be obtained from particular strains of B. subtilis and B. licheniforms. Other suitable proteases are obtained from a strain of Bacillus, which have maximum activity in the pH range of 8-12, developed and sold by Novo Industries A / S under the registered trade name ESPERASER. the preparation of this enzyme and analogous enzymes is described in British Patent Specification No. 1, 243,784 by Novo. Suitable proteolytic enzymes for removing protein-based stains that are commercially available include those sold under the trade names ALCALASER and SAVINASER by Novo Industries A / S (Denmark) and MAXATASER by International Bio-Synthetics, Ine (The Netherlands). Other proteases include protease A (see European patent application 130,756, published January 9, 1985); protease B (see European patent application series No. 87303761.8, filed on April 28, 1987 and European patent application 130,756, Bott et al., published January 9, 1985); and proteases made by Genencor International, Inc., according to one or more of the following patents: Caldwell et al, US patents. Nos. 5,185,258, 5,204,015 and 5,244,791. A wide range of enzyme materials and means for their incorporation into liquid compositions are also described in the U.S.A. 3,553,139, issued January 5, 1971 to McCarty et al. Enzymes are further described in the US patent. 4,101,457, Place et al, issued July 18, 1978 and in the patent of E.U.A. 4,507,219, Hughes, issued March 26, 1985. Other useful enzyme materials for liquid formulations and their incorporation into such formulations are described in US Pat. 4,261, 868, Hora et al, issued April 14, 1981. Enzymes can be stabilized by various techniques, for example, those described and illustrated in the U.S. patent. 3,600,319, issued August 17, 1971 to Gedge, et. al, European patent application publication No. 0 199 405, application No. 86200586.5, published October 29, 1986, Venegas, and patent of E.U.A. 3,519,570. All patents and prior applications are incorporated herein in at least one relevant part.

Also preferred are enzyme-polyethylene glycol conjugates. Said polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivatives of enzymes, wherein the PEG or the alkoxy-PEG 'portions are coupled to the protein molecule through, for example, secondary amine bonds. Proper derivation reduces immunogenicity, thus minimizing allergic reactions, while still maintaining some enzymatic activity. An example of PEG is PEG-subtilisin Carlsberg from B. lichenniformis coupled to methoxy-PEG via secondary amine linkage, and available from Sigma-Aldrich Corp., St. Louis, Missouri.

Heavy Metal Guelating Agents The fabric care compositions that are added during the washing herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and / or manganese chelating agents. Suitable chelating agents are selected from the group consisting of aminocarboxylates, aminophosphonates, polyfunctionally substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures thereof. The chelating agents described in the patent of E.U.A. No. 5,759,990 in column 26, line 29 to column 27, line 38 are suitable. Other examples of suitable chelating agents are described in the U.S.A. No. 5,728,671. A suitable metal amine-based chelator that can be used herein is ethylene diamine N, N'-disuccinate (EDDS). EDDS is described in the US patent. No. 4,704,233 and has the formula (shown in free acid form): HN (L) C2H4N (L) H wherein L is a group CH2 (COOH) CH2 (COOH). The compositions herein may also contain water soluble (or acidic) methylglycine acetic acid (MGDA) salts as a chelator or a co-builder useful, for example, with nonsoluble builders such as zeolites, layered silicates. and similar. If used, these chelating agents will generally cope with from about 0.1% to about 15% by weight of the detergent compositions of the present invention. Most preferably, if used, the chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of said compositions. For compositions that are added during rinsing, the preferred metal chelating agents contain portions of amine and tertiary amine in particular, since these tend to be substantive to the fabric and chelate more effectively copper and iron as well as other metals A preferred amine-based metal chelating compound for use in the compositions of the present invention has the following general formula: (RI) (R) N (CX2) nN (R3) (R4) wherein X is selected from the group it consists of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted, linear or branched alkyl having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and substituted or unsubstituted aryl, having at least 6 carbon atoms; n is an integer from 0 to 6; R1, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; aril; alkaryl; Arylalkyl; hydroxyalkyl; polyhydroxyalkyl; polyalkyl ether having the formula - ((CH2) and O) zR7 wherein R7 is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted, straight or branched alkyl chain having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and wherein y is an integer of at 10 yz is an integer from 1 to 30; alkoxy, polyalkoxy having the formula - (0 (CH2) y) zR7; the group -C (0) R8 wherein Rβ is alkyl; alkaryl; Arylalkyl; hydroxyalkyl; polyhydroxyalkyl and polyalkyl ether as defined in R1, R2, R3 and R4; (CX2) nN (R5) (R6) with only one R1, R2, R3 and R4 being (CX2) nN (R5) (R6) and wherein R5 and R6 are alkyl; alkaryl; arylalkyl; hydroxyalkyl; polyhydroxyalkyl; polyalkyl ether; alkoxy and polyalkoxy as defined in R1, R2, R3 and R4; and either R1 + R3 or R4 or R2 + R3 or R4 can be combined to form a cyclic substituent. Preferred chelating agents include those wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and hydroxyalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably ethyl, methyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl and isohydroxypropyl. The preferred chelating agent has more than about 1% nitrogen by weight of the compound, and preferably more than 7%. A preferred chelating agent is tetrakis- (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine (TPED). The compositions that are added during the rinse contain at least about 0.01%, preferably at least about 0.05%, most preferably at least about 0.10% and less than about 10%, preferably less than about 5% and most preferably less than about 1% of the chelating agent, by weight of the composition.

Foam suppressor Another optional ingredient is a foam suppressor, illustrated by silicone and silica-silicone blends. Examples of suitable foam suppressors are described in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 5,707,950 and 5,728,671. These foam suppressors are normally employed at levels of 0.001% to 2% by weight of the composition, preferably from 0.01% to 1% by weight.

Aqueous vehicle The preferred vehicle of the present invention is water. The water used can be distilled, deionized or tap water. Water is the main liquid vehicle due to its low cost, availability, safety and environmental compatibility. Aqueous solutions are preferred for wrinkle control and odor control. Water is very useful for the removal or reduction of wrinkles in fabrics. Without being limited to the theory, it is believed that water breaks many intrafiber and interfiber hydrogen bonds that keep the fabric in a state of wrinkles. It also swells, lubricates and relaxes the fibers to help the wrinkle removal process.

The water serves as the liquid vehicle for the branched polysaccharide for fabric care and other optional soluble and / or dispersible ingredients. The water also serves as the liquid vehicle for the cyclodextrins, and facilitates the complex formation reaction between the cyclodextrin molecules and any malodorous molecules that are in the fabrics when treated. The diluted aqueous solution also provides the maximum separation of cyclodextrin molecules in the fabric and thus maximizes the likelihood that an odor molecule interacts with a cyclodextrin molecule. It has recently been discovered that water has an unexpected odor control effect of its own. It has been found that the odor intensity generated by certain low molecular weight, semi-polar organic amines and mercaptans is reduced when the odor-contaminated fabrics are treated with an aqueous solution. Without being limited to the theory, it is believed that water solubilizes and depresses the vapor pressure of these low polar molecular weight organic molecules thus reducing their odor intensity. The level of the liquid vehicle in the compositions of the present invention is typically greater than about 80%, preferably greater than about 90%, most preferably greater than about 95%, by weight of the composition. When using a concentrated composition, the liquid carrier level is typically from about 2% to about 98% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 35% to about 97%, most preferably from about 60% to about of 95% by weight of the composition.

Optionally, in addition to water, the vehicle may contain a low molecular weight organic solvent that is very soluble in water, for example, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol and the like, and a mixture thereof. Low molecular weight alcohols can help the treated fabric dry faster. The optional solvent is also useful in the solubilization of some shape retention polymers described herein below. The water soluble low molecular weight solvent can be used at a level of up to about 50%, typically from about 0.1% to about 25%, preferably from about 2% to about 15%, most preferably about 5%. % to about 10% by weight of the total composition. Factors that should be considered when using a high level of solvent in the composition are odor, flammability and environmental impact.

II. Article of manufacture The present invention may also comprise an article of manufacture comprising said composition plus a sprayer jet. Preferably, the articles of manufacture have an instruction on how to use the composition to treat the fabrics properly, so as to provide good color, especially in the restoration of color in a single step, including, for example, the manner and / or the amount of composition to be sprinkled, and preferred ways to handle the fabrics, as will be described in greater detail hereinafter where wrinkle control is also desired. It is important that the instructions are as simple and clear as possible, so it is advisable to use images and / or icons.

Spray dispenser The article of manufacture herein comprises a sprayer dispenser. The composition for the care of the color of fabrics is placed in a spraying jet so that it can be distributed on the fabric. Said spraying jet may be any of the manually activated means as are known in the art to produce a spray of liquid droplets, for example trigger type, pump type, self-pressurized non-aerosol, and aerosol spray means, to add the composition for the care of the color of fabrics in small areas of surface of fabrics and / or a small number of garments, as well as the sprinklers activated with energy, that work in a different way to the manual, to comfortably add the composition for the care of the color of fabrics in large areas of fabric surface and / or a large number of garments. The spray jet will usually not include agents that will substantially foam the color and clear fabric care composition. It has been found that performance improves by providing droplets in smaller particles. Desirably, the average Sauter particle diameter is from about 10 μm to about 120 μm, most preferably from about 20 μm to about 100 μm. The wrinkle removal benefits improve by providing small particles (droplets), as discussed hereinabove, especially when a surfactant is present. The spray nozzle can also be an aerosol dispenser. Said aerosol dispenser comprises a container that can be constructed of any of the conventional materials used to manufacture the aerosol containers. The spout should be capable of withstanding internal pressures in the range of about 1,406 to about 7,733 Kg / cm 2 gauge, preferably about 1,406 to about 4,921 Kg / cm 2 gauge. An important requirement regarding the dispenser is that it is provided with a valve element that will allow the composition to contain wrinkles in the dispenser to be contained in order to supply it in the form of a spray of very fine or finely divided particles or drops. The aerosol dispenser utilizes a pressurized sealed container from which the composition is dispensed to eliminate wrinkling through a special actuator / valve assembly, under pressure. The aerosol jet is pressurized by incorporating in it a gaseous component generally known as a propellant. Common aerosol propellants, for example, gaseous hydrocarbons such as isobutane, and mixed halogenated hydrocarbons can be used. It is said that halogenated hydrocarbon propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons, contribute to environmental problems and are not preferred. When the cyclodextrin is present, the use of hydrocarbon propellants is not preferred, because they can form complexes with the cyclodextrin molecules thereby reducing the ability to absorb odors of the cyclodextrin molecules that are not complexed. The preferred propellants are air, nitrogen, inert gases, carbon dioxide, etc. tablets A more complete description of commercially available aerosol spray jets appears in the U.S. patent. Nos. 3,436,772, Stebbins, issued April 8, 1969 and 3,600,325, Kaufman et al., Issued August 17, 1971; both references are incorporated herein by reference. Preferably, the spray jet can be a non-aerosol, self-pressurized container having a rolled liner and an elastomeric sleeve. Said self-pressurized dispenser comprises a liner / sleeve assembly containing a thin, flexible, radially expandable, rolled plastic liner, from about 0.025 to about 0.05 cm thick, inside an elastomeric, essentially cylindrical sleeve. The liner / sleeve is capable of containing a substantial amount of odor-absorbing fluid product, and of causing said product to be supplied. A more complete description of self-pressurized spray jets can be found in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,111,971, Winer, issued May 12, 1992, and No. 5,232,126, Winer, issued August 3, 1993.; both incorporated herein by reference. Another type of aerosol spray dispenser is one in which a barrier separates the color care composition from propellant fabrics (preferably compressed air or nitrogen), such as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,260,110, issued in US Pat. April 7, 1981 and incorporated herein by reference. Said spout can be obtained from EP Spray Systems, East Hanover, New Jersey. - Most preferably, the spray nozzle is a spray nozzle with pump, not spray, manually activated. Said spraying jet pump comprises a container and a pump mechanism that is firmly screwed or secured onto the container. The container comprises a container for containing the aqueous composition for the care of the color of fabrics to be supplied. The pump mechanism comprises a pumping chamber, of substantially fixed volume, having an opening at its inner end. Inside the pump chamber is located a pump rod having a piston at one of its ends, positioned to move reciprocally in the pump chamber. The pump rod has a passage through it, with a supply outlet at the outer end of the passage, and an axial inlet port, located inwardly thereof. The container and the pump mechanism may be constructed of any conventional material used in the manufacture of pump spray jets, including, but not limited to: polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate; mixtures of polyethylene, vinyl acetate and elastomeric rubber. A preferred container is made, for example, of clear polyethylene terephthalate. Other materials may include stainless steel. A more complete description of the commercially available dispensing devices appears in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,895,279, Schultz, issued January 23, 1990; 4,735,347, Schultz et al., Issued April 5, 1988; and 4,274,560, Carter, issued June 23, 1981, all incorporated herein by reference. It is highly preferable that the spraying jet be a manually activated trigger-type sprayer. Said trigger-type spray dispenser comprises a container and a trigger, both can be constructed of any conventional material used in the manufacture of trigger-type spray jets, including, but not limited to: polyethylene, polypropylene, polyacetal, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate , polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene blends, vinyl acetate and elastomeric rubber. Other materials may include stainless steel and glass. A preferred container is made, for example, of clear polyethylene trinlate. The trigger-type spray jet does not incorporate a propellant gas in the odor absorbing composition, and preferably does not include agents that will foam the fabric color care composition. The trigger-type spray nozzle of the present typically is one that acts on a discrete amount of the composition itself for fabric color care, typically by means of a piston or a collapsible bellows, which moves the composition through a nozzle to create a thin liquid spray. Said trigger-type spray dispenser typically comprises a pump chamber having a piston or a bellows that can be moved in a limited stroke, in response to the trigger, to vary the volume of said pump chamber. This pumping chamber or bellows chamber collects and contains the product to be supplied. The trigger-type sprinkler typically has an outlet check valve to block communication and fluid flow through the nozzle, and which responds to pressure within the chamber. For sprinklers with trigger, of the piston type, when the trigger is compressed, it acts on the fluid in the chamber and the spring, increasing the pressure on the fluid. For the spraying jet with bellows, when the bellows is compressed, the pressure on the fluid increases. The increase in fluid pressure in any of the trigger-type spray jets acts to open the outlet check valve. The upper valve allows the product to be forced through the swirl chamber and out through the nozzle to form a discharge pattern. An adjustable nozzle cap can be used to vary the pattern of the supplied fluid. For the piston spray jet, when the trigger is released, the spring acts on the piston to return it to its original position. For the bellows sprinkler jet, the bellows acts as a spring to return it to its original position. This action causes a vacuum in the camera. The fluid that responds acts to close the outlet valve, at the same time that it opens the inlet valve, which carries product upwards, to the chamber, from the reservoir. A more complete description of commercially available dispensing devices appears in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,082,223, Nozawa, issued April 4, 1978.; 4,161, 288, McKinney, issued July 17, 1985; 4,434,917, Saito et al., Issued March 6, 1984; 4,819,835, Tasaki, issued April 11, 1989; 5,303,867, Peterson, issued April 19, 1994; all incorporated herein by reference. "A wide variety of trigger-type sprinklers or finger-operated pump sprinklers are suitable for use with the compositions of this invention and are readily available from suppliers such as Calmar, Inc., City of Industry, California; Sprayers, Inc.), St. Peters, Missouri, Berry Plastics Corp., Evansville, Indiana, a distributor of Guala® sprinklers, or Seaquest Dispensing, Cary, Ill. The preferred trigger-type sprinklers are the Guala® sprinkler available from Berry Plastics. Corp., or the Calmar TS800-IA®, TS1300® and TS-800-2®, available from Calmar, Inc. for the characteristics of fine and uniform spray, spray volume and pattern size. sprinklers with pre-compression characteristics and finer spray characteristics, as well as more even distribution, such as Yoshina sprinklers from Japan.You can use any suitable bottle or container, with the spersor trigger type, being preferred a bottle of around 500 ml, good ergonomic qualities, and similar to the Cinch® bottle. It can be made of any material, such as high density polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, polyethylene terephthalate, glass or any other material that forms bottles. It is preferred to make it of high density polyethylene or polyethylene terephthalate.

For a smaller size approximately (for example from 29. 5 to 236.5 ml), it is possible to use a pump operated with the finger, with a bottle or with a cylinder. The preferred pump for this application is the Cylindrical Euromist II®, from Seaquest Dispensing. Special preference is given to those with precompression characteristics. The article of manufacture herein may preferably comprise a spray nozzle that functions in a manner different from the manual one. By "operating in a manner other than manual" is meant that the spray jet can be activated manually, but the force required to supply the color care composition of the fabrics is provided by other means that are not manual. Sprinklers that operate in a manner other than manual include, but are not limited to, power-driven sprinklers, aspirated air sprinklers, aspirated liquid sprinklers, electrostatic sprinklers, and nebulizer sprinklers. The composition for the care of the color of fabrics is placed in a sprayer jet to be distributed on the fabric. Energy-powered sprinklers include self-contained booster pumps that pressurize the aqueous composition to eliminate wrinkles and deliver it through a nozzle to produce a spray of liquid droplets. Energy-driven sprinklers are connected directly or remotely through the use of tubing to a reservoir (for example a bottle) to contain the composition for fabric color care. Power driven sprinklers may include, but are not limited to, centrifugal or positive displacement designs. It is preferred that the power driven sprinkler be driven by a portable CD electric current, either with disposable batteries (such as commercially available alkaline batteries) or rechargeable battery units (such as commercially available nickel-cadmium battery units). Power-driven sprinklers can also be powered by a standard AC power source available in most buildings. The discharge nozzle design can vary to create specific spray characteristics (such as spray diameter and particle size). It is also possible to have several spray nozzles for different spray characteristics. The nozzle may or may not contain an adjustable nozzle ring that may allow the characteristics of the sprinkler to be modified. Non-limiting examples of commercially available energy-driven sprinklers are described in the U.S.A. No. 4,8,225, Luvisotto, issued September 12, 1989, which is incorporated herein by reference. Preferred power-driven sprinklers are readily available from vendors such as Solo, Newport News, Virginia (for example, Solo Spraystar ™ rechargeable sprayer, listed in the manual with part number: US 460 395) and Multi-sprayer Systems, Minneapolis , Minnesota (for example, model Spray 1). Aspirated air sprinklers include the classification of sprinklers generically known as "air brushes". A stream of pressurized air exhales the aqueous composition for fabric color care and supplies it through a nozzle to create a liquid spray. The composition for fabric color care can be provided by a pipe, most commonly it is contained in a container to which a sprinkler is attached by suction. Non-limiting examples of commercially available aspirated air sprinklers appear in the U.S.A. Nos. 1, 536,352 of Murray, issued on April 22, 1924 and 4,221, 339 of Yoshikawa issued on September 9, 1980; all references mentioned are incorporated herein by reference. Vacuum air sprinklers are easily available from suppliers such as The Badger Air-Brush Co., Frankiin ParK (for example model #: 155) and Wilton Air Brush Equipment, Woodridge, Illinois (for example, lot #: 415-4000,415-4001, 415-4100). Aspirating liquid sprinklers are typical in a wide variety of use for spraying garden chemicals. Aqueous wrinkle removal compositions are extracted in a fluid stream by means of suction created by a Venturi effect. The high turbulence functions to mix the aqueous composition for fabric color care with the fluid stream (typically water) to provide a uniform concentration / blend. With this delivery method, it is possible to provide the concentrated fabric color aqueous care composition of the present invention and subsequently dilute it at a selected concentration with the supply stream.

Aspirated liquid sprinklers are readily available from suppliers such as Chapin Manufacturing Works, Batavia, New York (for example, model #: 6006). The electrostatic sprinklers impart energy to the aqueous composition to eliminate wrinkles through a high electric potential. This energy works to atomize and load the aqueous composition for the care of the color of fabrics, creating a sprinkling of fine, charged particles. As the charged particles are transported away from the sprinkler their common charge causes them to repel each other. This has two effects before the spray reaches the target. First, it expands the total spraying. This is especially important when sprinkling large areas that are very distant. The second effect is the maintenance of the original particle size. Because the particles repel each other, they resist gathering into larger, heavier particles as the uncharged particles do. This lessens the influence of gravity, and increases the charged particles that reach the target. When the mass of negatively charged particles reaches the target, they push the electrons inside the target leaving all the exposed surfaces of the target with a positive temporary charge. The resulting attraction between the particles and the target ignores the influences of the force of gravity and inertia. When each particle is deposited on the target, such a point on the target is neutralized and is no longer attractive. Therefore, the next free particle is attracted to the immediately adjacent point and the sequence continues until the entire surface of the target is covered. In this way charged particles improve distribution and reduce runoff. - Non-limiting examples of commercially available electrostatic sprinklers appear in the patents of E.U.A. Nos. 5,222,664, Noakes, issued June 29, 1993; 4,962,885, Coffe, issued October 16, 1990; 2,695,002, Miller, issued in November 1954; 5,405,090, Greene, issued April 11, 1995; 4,750,034, Kuhn, issued June 21, 1988; 2,989,241, Badger, issued June 1961; All mentioned patents are incorporated herein by reference. Electrostatic sprays are readily available from suppliers such as Tae In Tech Co, South Korea and Spectrum, Houston, Texas. The nebulizer sprinklers impart energy to the aqueous composition to eliminate wrinkles by ultrasonic energy provided by a transducer. This energy results in the aqueous composition for fabric color care being atomized. Various types of nebulizers include, but are not limited to, the mentioned, thermal, ultrasonic, gas, venturi and refillable nebulizers. Non-limiting examples of commercially available nebulizer sprinklers appear in the U.S. Patents. Nos. 3,901, 443, Mitsui, issued August 26, 1975; 2,847,248, Schmitt, issued August, 1958, 5,511,726, Greenspan, issued April 30, 1996; All of the mentioned patents are incorporated herein by reference. Nebulizer sprinklers are readily available from suppliers such as A &D Engineering, Inc., Milpitas, California (for example, model A &D Un-231 portable ultrasonic nebulizer) and Amici, Inc., Spring City, Pennsylvania (model swirler nebulizer ). The preferred article of manufacture herein comprises a sprinkler that operates in a manner different from the manual one such as a battery operated sprinkler, which contains the aqueous composition for the care of fabric color. Most preferably, the article of manufacture comprises a combination of a non-manually operated sprinkler and a separate container of the aqueous fabric care composition that will be added to the sprinkler prior to use and / or that will be separated for filled / filled The separate container can contain a composition of use, or a concentrated composition that will be diluted before use, and / or to be used with a dilution sprinkler, such as with a suctioned liquid sprinkler, as described in previous paragraphs. Also, as described in the preceding paragraphs, the separate container must have a structure that engages the rest of the sprinkler to ensure a solid fit without leakage, even during movement, impact, etc. and when it is handled by inexperienced consumers. The sprinkler may desirably have an attached system that is safe and preferably to allow the liquid container to be replaced with another container that is full. For example, the fluid container can be replaced by a full container. This can minimize problems with filling, including minimizing leaks, if adequate coupling and sealing means are present in both the sprayer and the container. Desirably, the sprinkler may contain a thread to ensure proper alignment and / or allow the use of thinner walls in the replacement container. This minimizes the amount of material that will be recycled and / or discarded. The packing seal or coupling system may be a threaded closure (in the sprinkler) that replaces the existing closure in the filled and threaded container. It is desirable to add a gasket to provide additional seal security and minimize leakage. The packing can be broken by the action of closing the sprinkler. These threaded sealing systems can be based on industrial standards. However, it is highly desirable to use a threaded sealing system that does not have standard dimensions to ensure that the proper sprinkler / bottle combination is always used. This helps avoid the use of fluids that are toxic, which can be supplied when the sprayer is used for its intended purpose. An alternative sealing system may be based on one or more secured ducts or channels. Such systems are commonly named as a bayonet system. Such systems can be made in a variety of configurations, thereby ensuring that the proper fluid replacement is used. For convenience, the closure system can also be one that allows the provision of a "child proof" lid on the refilled bottle. This type of "lock and key" system provides very desirable safety features. There are a variety of ways to design such lock and key sealing systems. However, care must be taken to prevent the system from complicating the filling and sealing operation. If desired, the lock and key system can be integral with the sealing mechanism. However, for the purpose of ensuring that the correct refill or refill is used, the secured parts may be separated from the sealing system. For example, the ring and the container may be designed to be compatible. In this way, the unique design of the container can only provide the necessary security that proper recharging / refilling is used. Examples of screw closure systems and bayonets can be found in the patent of E: U.A. No. 4,781, 311, November 1, 1998 (Angular Positioned Trigger Sprayer with Selective Snap-Screw Container Connection, Clorox), US patent. 5,560,505, October 1, 1996 (Container and Stopper Assembly Locked Together by Relative Rotation and Use Thereof, Cebal SA), and patent of E.U.A. 5,725,132, March 10, 1998 (Dispenser with Snap-Fit Container Connection, Centico Inyternational). All of the mentioned patents are incorporated herein by reference. The present invention also relates to an article of manufacture comprising a fabric care composition for use in spraying and / or spraying an entire garment in such a way as to prevent excessive amounts of the fabric / garment care composition from being released to the environment, provided together with instructions for use in order to ensure that the consumer applies an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and / or fabric care composition, to provide the desired garment care benefit, typically from about 0.001% to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.2%, most preferably from about 0.02% to about 0.05%, by weight of the garment. Other fabric care compositions of the present invention to be used for fabric treatment in different steps of the laundry process, eg, prewash, wash cycle, rinse cycle and drying cycle, can be packaged together with instructions for using the composition for the treatment of fabrics in correct form, in order to obtain the desired fabric care results, ie, removal and / or reduction of wrinkles, wrinkle resistance, fiber reinforcement / antiwear, reduction of fabric wear , prevention and / or reduction of shrinkage of fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of lint formation in fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of shrinkage, maintenance of fabric color, reduction of color fading of fabrics, prevention and / or reduction of soiling, and / or retention of form of the fabrics and mixtures thereof. lll. Method of use The composition for the care of fabrics containing a polysaccharide for care with globular structure, and optionally, for example, oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, fiber lubricant, polymer retaining the shape of the fabrics auxiliary , lithium salt, hydrophilic plasticizer, an agent for the control of odors including cyclodextrin, antimicrobial and / or preservative active agents, surfactants, enzyme, antioxidant, metal chelating agent including an aminocarboxylate chelating agent, antistatic agent, repellent agent, insects and moths, active fabric softener, electrolyte, chlorine purifying agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixative agent, phase stabilizer, dye, brightener, soil release agent, detergency builder, dispersant, suppressant foams, and mixtures thereof, can be used by distribution, for example, c placing an effective amount of the aqueous solution on the surface of the cloth or article of cloth to be treated. The distribution can be achieved using a sprinkler device, a roller, a pad, etc., preferably a spray jet. For the control of wrinkles, for wrinkle removal, an effective amount means an amount sufficient to eliminate or markedly reduce the appearance of wrinkles on the fabric. Preferably, the amount of the fabric care solution is not so much that it saturates or produces a large amount of liquid on said article or surface, so that when dry there is no easily discernible visual deposit. The compositions and articles of the present invention containing a polysaccharide for care with globular structure can be used for the treatment of fabrics, garments and the like, to provide at least one of the following benefits for fabric care: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduced wear of fabrics, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, restoration of color on fabrics, reduction of fading of fabrics, color in the fabrics, reduction of fouling of the fabrics, release of dirt in the fabrics, retention of the form in the fabrics and / or shrinkage reduction of the fabrics An effective amount of the liquid composition of the present invention is preferably sprinkled on fabric and / or cloth items including, but not limited to, clothing, curtains, thin curtains, upholstery furniture, Rugs, bedding, swimwear, tablecloths, sleeping bags, tents, car interiors, etc. When the composition is sprinkled on the fabric, an effective amount should be deposited on the fabric, soaking the fabric or saturating it completely with the composition, typically from about 5% to about 150%, preferably from about 10% to about 100%, most preferably from about 20% to about 75% by weight of the fabric. The treated fabric typically has from about 0.005% to about 4%, preferably from about 0.01% to 2% by weight, most preferably from about 0.05% to about 1% by weight of the fabric of said active agent to the care of the color of fabrics. To remove wrinkles, once the effective amount of the composition is sprinkled onto the fabric, it is optionally, but preferably stretched. The fabric is typically stretched perpendicular to the wrinkle. The cloth can also be manually smoothed after it has been sprinkled. The smoothing movement works particularly well in areas of fabric that have an adjoining line stitched to them, or in the hemlines of the clothing. Once the fabric has been sprinkled, and optionally, but preferably, stretched, it hangs until it dries. It is preferable that the treatment be performed in accordance with the instructions for use to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits can be obtained, and how to obtain these benefits in the best way. The spraying means should be capable of providing droplets with a weight average diameter of about 5 μm to about 150 μm, preferably from about 8 μm to about 120 μm, most preferably from about 10 μm to about 80 μm. When the compositions are applied in the form of very small particles (drops) the distribution is further improved and the overall performance also improves. The presence of an optional surfactant promotes the spreading of the solution and aids in a uniform distribution of the active agent for the care of the color of fabrics on the surface of the fabric. The fabric color care composition can also be applied to the fabric by an immersion and / or soaking process followed by a drying step. The application can be carried out in the industry by means of large-scale procedures on textiles and / or finished garments and clothing, or in the consumer's house through the use of commercial product. The present invention also comprises a method for using liquid or solid compositions for the care of the color of fabrics, which are diluted to form compositions with concentrations of use, as indicated hereinabove, for use in "conditions of use". Concentrated compositions comprise a higher level of the active agent for fabric color care typically from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 25% by weight of the concentrated composition for fabric color care. The concentrated compositions are used to provide a more economical product per use. The concentrated product is preferably diluted from about 50% to about 10,000%, most preferably from about 50% to about 8,000%, and most preferably from about 50% to about 5,000% by weight of the composition, of water . The compositions of the present invention can also be used as auxiliaries for ironing. An effective amount of the composition can be sprayed onto the fabric and the fabric is ironed at the normal temperature at which it is to be ironed. The fabric can be sprayed with an effective amount of the composition, allowed to dry and then ironed, or sprayed and ironed immediately. In a further aspect of the invention, the composition can be sprayed and / or nebulized onto fabrics and / or garments that need to be undrawn and / or other fabric care benefits in a manner that avoids excessive amounts of care composition. of fabrics / garments are released into the environment, provided together with instructions for use to ensure that the consumer applies at least an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure and / or fabric care composition, to provide The desired garment care benefit. Any aspersion mechanism and / or nebulization mechanism can be used to apply the fabric care composition to fabrics and / or garments. A preferred distribution of the composition for the care of a garment is achieved by using a vapor form. The average particle size of the vapor of the fabric care composition is preferably about 3 microns to about 50 microns, most preferably about 5 microns to about 30 microns, and very much preferably about 10 microns. About 20 micras. Another aspect of the present invention is the method for using an aqueous or solid fabric care composition, preferably in powder, for treating a fabric in a rinsing step comprising an effective amount of said polysaccharide for the care of fabrics with structure globular, and optionally, oligosaccharides for fabric care, active fabric softeners, perfume, electrolytes, chlorine scrubbing agents, dye transfer inhibiting agentsdye fixing agents, phase stabilizers, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, chelating agents, aminocarboxylate chelating agents, dyes, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents or mixtures thereof. The rinse water should typically contain from about 0.0005% to about 1%, preferably from about 0.0008% to about 0.1%, most preferably from about 0.001% to about 0.02% of the active agent for fabric care . The present invention also relates to a method for using a fabric care composition, aqueous or solid, preferably powdered or granulated, for the treatment of fabrics in the wash cycle, said composition comprising a polysaccharide for fabric care with structure globular and optionally oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, surfactants, detergency builders, perfume, chlorine purifying agents, dye transfer inhibiting agents, dye fixing agents, dispersants, detergent enzymes, heavy metal chelating agents, foam suppressors , fabric softening actives, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, soil suspending agents, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants and the like, or mixtures thereof. Depending on the selection of optimal ingredients, such as the level and type of surfactants, the fabric care composition that is added during the wash may be used as an additive composition to the wash (when the level of surfactant is low) as a laundry detergent that also has benefits for additional fabric care. It is preferable that the treatment be done in accordance with the instructions for use to ensure that the consumer knows the benefits that can be achieved, and how to obtain these benefits.

The present invention also relates to a method for treating fabrics in the drying step, comprising an effective amount of said polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, and optionally oligosaccharides for auxiliary fabric care, fabric softening active, distribution agent, perfume, fiber lubricants, fabric form retention polymers, lithium salts, phase stabilizers, chlorine scavenging agents, dye transfer inhibiting agents, dye fixing agents, chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, heavy metal chelating agents, aminocarboxylate chelating agents, enzymes, brighteners, soil release agents and mixtures thereof. The fabric care composition can take a variety of physical forms including liquid, foam, gel and solid forms such as solid particulate forms. A preferred method comprises the treatment of fabric with a fabric care composition that is added to the dryer in combination with assortment means such as a flexible substrate that effectively releases the fabric care composition in a tumble dryer. . Said means of assortment can be designed for single use or for multiple uses. Preferably, the composition is applied on a sheet substrate to form a dryer sheet product. Another preferred method comprises treating fabrics with a fabric care composition stocked from a dryer at the beginning and / or during the drying cycle. It is preferable that the treatment be carried out in accordance with the instructions for use, in order to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits can be achieved and how to obtain these benefits better. The present invention also relates to a method for fabric care of immersion and / or soaking fabrics before washing the fabrics, with a prewash fabric care composition containing an effective amount of fabric care polysaccharide with globular structure and optionally oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, surfactants, builders, perfume, chlorine scavengers, dye transfer inhibiting agents, dye fixing agents, dispersants, detergent enzymes, heavy metal chelating agents, fabric softening agents. , chemical stabilizers including antioxidants, silicones, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, soil suspending agents, soil release agents, optical brighteners, colorants, and the like or mixtures thereof. It is preferable that the treatment be carried out in accordance with the instructions for use, to ensure that the consumer knows what benefits he can achieve and how to obtain these benefits better. All percentages, ratios and parts herein in the specification, examples and claims are by weight and are the normal approximations unless otherwise indicated. The following are non-limiting examples of the present composition.

Illustrative examples of the polysaccharides for fabric care with globular structure and with a 1,3-BETA-linked base structure for use in the following examples are the following: Arabinogalactan A: fraction of arabinogalactan having the average molecular weight of about 16,000 to approximately 20,000. Arabinogalactan B: fraction of arabinogalactan having the average molecular weight of about 100,000. Arabinogalactan C: fraction of arabinogalactan having the average molecular weight of about 10,000 to about 150,000. Illustrative examples of mixtures of oligosaccharides for auxiliary fabric care that are to be used in the following examples are the following: Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) Mixture A Trisaccharides (maltotriose, panosa, isomaltotriose) 40% Disaccharides (maltose, isomaltose) 25% Monosaccharide (glucose) 20% Higher branched sugars (4 <DP < 10) 15% Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) Mixture B Trisaccharides (maltotriose, panosa, isomaltotriose) 25% Disaccharides (maltose, isomaltose) 56% Monosaccharide (glucose) 16% Higher branched sugars (4 > DP < 10) 4% Branched Oligosaccharide Mixture C Tetrasaccharides (stachyose) 32% Trisaccharides (raffinose) 6% Disaccharides (sucrose, trehalose) 39% Monosaccharide (glucose, fructose) 1% Higher branched sugars (4 < DP < 10) 0-5% Isomaltooligosaccharide (IMO) Mixture D Trisaccharides (maltotriose, panosa, isomaltotriose) 62% Disaccharides (maltose, isomaltose) 13% Monosaccharide (glucose) 1% Higher branched sugars (4 < DP < 10) 24% Illustrative examples of perfume compositions to be used in the following examples are as follows: Volatile perfume A Perfume ingredients Weight% Alpha-Pinene 5.0 Dihydromircenol 10.0 Eucalyptol 10.0 Eugenol 5.0 Floracetate 10.0 Lemon oil 10.0 Linalool 10.0 Linallyl acetate 5.0 Orange terpenes 15.0 Phenylethyl alcohol 20.0 Total 100.0 Perfume noun B Perfume ingredients Weight% Benzylsalicylate 10.0 Coumarin 5.0 Ethylvanylin 2.0 Ethylene diarylate 10.0 Galaxolide 15.0 Hexyl cinnamic aldehyde 20.0 Gamamethylionone 10.0 Lilial 15.0 Methyl dihydrojasmonate 5.0 Patchouli 5.0 Tonalid 3.0 Total 100.0 Hydrophilic perfume C Perfume ingredients Weight% Benzophenone 0.3 Benzylacetate 4.0 Benzylpropionate 1.0 Beta hexenol range .3 Cetalox 0.1 cis 3 hexenylacetate .5 cis jasmona 0.3 cis-3-hexenilsalicilato 0.5 Citral 0.5 Citronellalnitrile 0.7 Citronellol 1.5 Coumarin 3.0 Ciclal C 0.3 Cylogalbanate 0.4 beta damascone 0.1 Dihydromyrcenol 2.0 Ebanol 0.5 Floracetato 4.5 Florhidral 1.0 Fructona 4.0 Fruteno 5.0 Geranilnitrile 0.4 Heliotropin 1.5 Hydroxyceronellal 3.0 Linalool 2.5 Linalylacetate 0.5 Methyldihydrojasmonate 5.0 Methylheptacarbonate 0.3 Methyl isobutenyltetrahydropyran 0.2 Methylphenylcarbinyl acetate 0.5 Nonalactone 1.5 PT Bucinal 2.0 parahydroxyphenylbutanone 1.3 Phenoxyethanol 30.0 Phenylethylacetate 0.8 Phenylethyl alcohol 15.0 Prenylacetate 1.5 terpineol 2.0 Verdox 1.0 Vanillin 0.5 Total 100.0 The following non-limiting fabric care compositions are prepared by mixing and dissolving the ingredients in clear or translucent solutions according to the present invention: EXAMPLE IA Ib Id Id le If Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight by weight weight in weight in weight linoqalactan A 0.5 - 1 - Arabinogalactan B - 0.3 - - 0.5 Arabinogalactan C - - 0.5 - - 0.5 Volatile perfume A - - - 0.1 Perfume noun B - - - - 0.03 Hydrophilic perfume C - - - - - 0.05 Polysorbate 60 (1) - - - 0.2 0.1 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (1) A mixture of esters of sorbitol stearate and sorbitol anhydride, which consists predominantly of the monoester, condensed with about 20 moles of ethylene oxide.

EXAMPLE IB ig Ih li u Ik II Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% by weight weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A (2) 0.5 - - 1 - - cauterized Curdlan (3) - 0.3 - - 0.3 - Dextran (4) - - 0.6 - - 0.5 Volatile perfume A _. 0.1 - - Perfume noun B - - - - 0.03 Hydrophilic perfume C - - - - - 0.05 Polysorbate 60 - - - 0.2 0.1 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (2) Quaternized Arabinogalactan containing about 1.5% by weight of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyltrimethylammonium chloride. (3) Average molecular weight of approximately 72,000. (4) Average molecular weight of approximately 40,000.

EXAMPLE II Ha llb Me lid He Hf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 2 0.3 0.5 0.5 1 - Arabinogalactan B - - - - - 1 Mixture of - 0.3 - - - - oligosaccharide A Mixture of - - 0.5 ~ - - oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - - 0.3 - - oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - - 0.5 0.5 oligosaccharide D Volatile perfume 0.1 - - 0.1 - - Perfume noun B 0.2 - - 0.03 - Hydrophilic perfume C - - 0.05 - - 0.05 Polysorbate 60 0.3 - - 0.2 0.1 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Compositions for fabric care of examples I and II are compositions for use for, for example, spraying, soaking, fabric immersion and / or prewash treatments.

EXAMPLE III Illa lllb lile llld lile lllf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 15 5 Arabinogalactan B 25 15 Arabinogalactan C 25 Perfume A Perfume B 0.3 Perfume C 1.5 Polysorbate 60 0.5 1.5 1 Kathon CG 5 ppm 10 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized Water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE IV IVa IVb IVc IVd IVe IVf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 1.5 20 3 10 Arabinogalactan B Blend of oligosaccharide A Blend of oligosaccharide B Blend of oligosaccharide C Blend of 3.5 8 20 oligosaccharide D Perfume A Perfume B 0.3 Perfume C 1.5 Polysorbate 60 0.5 1.5 1 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Concentrated compositions of examples III and IV are diluted with water to obtain compositions for use, for example, spraying, soaking and / or immersion of cloth articles. They can also be used undiluted to treat fabrics as compositions that are added to the washing or rinsing.

EXAMPLE V Go Vb Go Ve Ve Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight weight weight weight Arabinogalactan A 1 - - - 1.5 Arabinogalactan B - 0.5 - 1 - Arabinogalactan C - - 0.5 - - LiBr 3 - - 2 2 Emulsion silicone - 1.5 - - 2.0 A < 5) Volatile silicone D5 - - 0.5 0.5 - Perfume A - - - - 0.03 Perfume B - - - 0.05 - Perfume C 0.03 - - - - Polysorbate 60 - - - 0.1 0.05 Silwet L-7602 - - - 0.5 - Silwet L- 7622 - - - - 0.3 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest (5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion (25% active) from Dow Corning, with a particle size of 24 nm, a cationic surfactant system and a silicone with an internal phase viscosity of approximately 1200 cps.

EXAMPLE VIA Vla Vlb Vlc Vid Vle Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight weight weight weight Arabinogalactan A 0.45 0.5 0.7 0.8 - Arabinogalactan B - - - - 0.2 Mixture of 0.05 - - - - oligosaccharide A Mixture of - 1 - - - oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - 0.3 - - oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - 1.2 0.8 oligosaccharide D LiBr 3 - - 2 2 Silicone emulsion A (5) - 1.5 - - 2.0 Volatile silicone D5 - - 0.5 0.5 - Perfume A - - - - 0.03 Perfume B - - - 0.05 - Perfume C 0.03 - - - - Polysorbate 60 - - - 0.1 0.05 Silwet L-7602 - - - 0.5 - Silwet L-7622 - ~ - - 0.3 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest (5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion (25% active) from Dow Corning, with a particle size of 24 nm, a system of cationic surfactant and a silicone with an internal phase viscosity of approximately 1200 cps. EXAMPLE VIB Vlf Vlg Vlh Vli Vij Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in __ weight, weight, weight, weight Arabinogalactan A 0.75 - - - 0.2 quaternized Curdlan - 0.3 - - - Dextran - - 0.7 0.8 - Mixture of 0.05 - - - - oligosaccharide A Mixture of - 1 - - - oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - 0.3 - - oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - 1.2 0.8 oligosaccharide D LiBr 3 - - 2 2 Silicone emulsion - 1.5 - - 2.0 A (5) Volatile silicone D5 - - 0.5 0.5 - Perfume A - - - - 0.03 Perfume B - - - 0.05 - Perfume C 0.03 - - - - Polysorbate 60 - - - 0.1 0.05 Silwet L-7602 - - - 0.5 - Silwet L-7622 - - - - 0.3 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE Vil Vlla Vllb Vllc Vlld Vlle Vllf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.7 - - 1 0.5 - Arabinogalactan B - 0.5 - - - 0.5 Arabinogalactan C - - 0.5 - - - Copolymer A (6) 0.4 - - - - 0.5 Copolymer B (7) - 0.5 - 0.3 - ~ Copolymer C (8) - - .6 - 0.5 - LiBr - - - 3 - 2 Silicone emulsion - - - - 1.5 - A (5) Volatile silicone D5 - - - - - 0.5 Perfume A 0.06 - - - - 0.07 Perfume B - 0.03 - 0.03 ~ - Perfume C - - 0.04 - 0.03 - Polysorbate 60 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silwet L-7600 - - - 0.5 - - Silwet L-7602 - - - - - 0.7 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (5) DC-2-5932 silicone microemulsion (25% active) from Dow Corning, with a particle size of 24 nm, a cationic surfactant system and a silicone with an internal phase viscosity of approximately 1200 cps. (6) Acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate copolymer, with an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate of about 25/75 and an average molecular weight of about 70,000 to about 100,000. (7) Acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate copolymer, with an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate of about 35/65 and an average molecular weight of about 60,000 to about 90,000. (8) Acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate copolymer, with an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate of about 20/80 and an average molecular weight of about 80,000 to about 110,000.

EXAMPLE HIV Villa Vlllb Vlllc Vllld Vllle Vlllf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.9 - - 0.5 0.75 0.7 Arabinogalactan B - 0.5 - - - - Arabinogalactan C - - 0.5 - - - Mixture of 0.3 - - - 0.25 - oligosaccharide A Mixture of - 1 - - - - oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - 0.5 - - - oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - 0.5 - 1 oligosaccharide D Copolymer A (b) 0.4 0.5 Copolymer B (7) 0.5 0.3 Copolymer C (8) .6 0.5 LiBr Silicone emulsion A (5) 1.5 Volatile silicone D5 - - - 0.5 Perfume A 0.06 - - - 0.07 Perfume B 0.03 -. 03 - - Perfume C 0.04 - 0.03 - Polysorbate 60 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silwet L-7600 - 0.5 - __ Silwet L-7602 0.7 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE IX IXa IXb IXc IXd IXe IXf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.7 - 7 1 Arabinogalactan B 0.5 0.5 Arabinogalactan C 0.5 Copolymer D (9) 0.4 0.25 Copolymer E (10) 0.5 0.25 Copolymer F (11) 0.4 Copolymer G (12) 0.5 Volatile silicone D5 0.25 PDMS 10,000 cst - - - 0.3 - - Silicone emulsion - - 1 - 2 - ß (13) Perfume A 0.06 - - - - 0.07 Perfume B - 0.03 ~ 0.03 - - Perfume C - - 0.04 - 0.5 - Polysorbate 60 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.5 0.1 Neodol 23-3 - 0.25 - 0.2 - - Neodol 25-3 ~ - 0.3 - 0.3 0.25 Silwet L-77 - 0.7 - 1 - - Silwet L-7604 - - 0.5 - - 0.7 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 5 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (9) Acrylic acid / terbutyl acrylate copolymer, with an approximate weight ratio of acrylic acid / tertiary butyl acrylate of about 23/77 and an average molecular weight of about 82,000. (10) Silicone-containing copolymer having t-butylacrylate / acrylic acid / monomer (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight of 10,000) at an approximate ratio of 65/25/10 and an average molecular weight of about 200,000. (11) Silicone-containing copolymer having N, N, N-trimethylammonioethyl methacrylate / N, N-dimethylacrylamide / macromer PDMS, approximate molecular weight of 15,000) at an approximate ratio of 40/40/20 and an average molecular weight of approximately 150,000. (12) Silicone-containing copolymer having t-butylacrylate / acrylic acid / monomer (polydimethylsiloxane macromer, approximate molecular weight of 10,000) at an approximate ratio of 63/20/17 and an average molecular weight of about 130,000. (13) DC-1550 silicone microemulsion (25% active) from Dow Corning, with a particle size of 50 nm, a cationic surfactant system and a silicone with an internal phase viscosity of approximately 100,000 cps. The composition of Example IXe is a concentrated composition that is to be diluted for use.

EXAMPLE X Xa Xb Xc Xd Xe Xf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A - 0.5 0.8 - 6 2 Arabinogalactan B 0.7 - - - - - Arabinogalactan C - - - 0.35 - - Mixture of 0.7 - - - - - Oligosaccharide A Mixture of - 1 - 0.85 - - Oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - 0.2 - - - Oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - - 5 0.5 oligosaccharide D Copolymer D (9) 0.4 - - - 2 0.25 Copolymer E (10) - 0.5 - - - 0.25 Copolymer F (11) - - 0.4 Copolymer G (12) - - - 0.5 Volatile silicone D5 - 0.25 PDMS 10,000 cst - - - 0.3 Emulsion silicone - - 1 - 2 ß (13) Perfume A 0.06 - - - - 0.07 Perfume B - 0.03 - 0.03 Perfume C - 0.04 - 0.5 Polysorbate 60 0.1 0 0..11 - 0 0..11 0 0..55 0.1 Neodol 23-3 0.25 __ 0.2 - Neodol 25-3 - - 0.3 - 0.3 0.25 Silwet L-77 - 0.7 - 1 Silwet L-7604 - - 0.5 - - 0.7 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 10 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest The composition of Example IXe is a concentrated composition that is to be diluted for use.

EXAMPLE XI Xla Xlb Xlc Xld Xl Xif Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.8 - - 1 ~ 1.5 Arabinogalactan B - 0.5 - - 0.7 - Arabinogalactan C - - 0.5 ~ - - HPBCD (14) 1 - 0.5 - 0.5 - RAMEB (15) - 1 - - - - HPACD (16) - - 0.5 ~ - - a-cyclodextrin - - - ~ 0.5 0.5 ß-cyclodextrin - - - 0.5 - 0.5 ZnCI2 - 1.0 - 1.0 - 1 Silwet L-7657 - - - - 0.05 - Perfume C 0.1 0.07 0.05 - 0.1 0.05 Propylene glycol 0.06 - 0.05 - 0.03 - Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm HCl - pH of - pH of ~~ pH of 4.5 5 4.5 Distilled water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (14) Hydroxypropyl beta-cyclodextrin (15) Randomyl methylated beta-cyclodextrin (16) hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin EXAMPLE XII Xlla Xllb Xllc Xlld Xlle Xllf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.6 0.6 1 0.1 Arabinogalactan B 0.5 Arabinogalactan C 0.3 Mixture of 0.9 oligosaccharide A Mixture of 0.4 0.7 0.7 Oligosaccharide B Mixture of 0.5 oligosaccharide C Mixture of 0.9 oligosaccharide D HPBCD (14) 0.5 0.5 RAMEB (15) HPACD (16) 0.5 a -cyclodextrin ~ 0.5 0.5 ß-cyclodextrin 0.5 - 0.5 ZnCI2 1.0 1.0 - 1 Silwet L-7657 - 0.05 - Perfume C 0.1 0.07 0.05 __ 0.1 0.05 Propylene glycol 0.06 0.05 0.03 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm HCl pH of - pH of - pH of 4.5 5 4.5 Distilled water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE XIII Xllla Xlllb Xlllc Xllld Xllle Xlllf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in - weight weight weight weight weight Arabinogalactan A 0.7 - - 0.5 1 1 Arabinogalactan B - 0.5 - - - - Arabinogalactan C - - 1 - - - HPBCD 1.0 - - - - - RAMEB - 1.0 - - - - Silwet L-7604 0.3 0.2 0.2 - - 0.1 Chlorhexidine 0.01 - - - - 0.005 Barquat 4250 (17) - - 0.03 - - - Bardac 2050 (18) - - - 0.03 0.03 - Perfume C 0.08 0.08 0.05 0.05 ~ - HCl pH - - - - - 4 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Distilled water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest (17) Benzalkonium chloride, 50% solution (18) Dioctyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, 50% solution.

EXAMPLE XIVA XlVa XlVb XIVc XlVd XlVe XlVf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 1 1 0.3 0.9 Arabinogalactan B 0.5 Arabinogalactan C 0.2 Mixture of 0.7 oligosaccharide A Mixture of 0.5 0.5 Oligosaccharide B Mixture of 1.2 Oligosaccharide C Mixture of 0.6 1.8 Oligosaccharide D HPBCD 1.0 RAMEB 1.0 Silwet L-7604 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 Chlorhexidine 0.01 0.005 Barquat 4250 (17) 0.03 Bardac 2050 (18) 0.03 0.03 Perfume C 0.08 0.08 0.05 0.05 HCl pH of 4 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm > < < 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Distilled water Rest Rest Rest. Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE XI VB XlVg XlVh XIVi XIVj XlVk XIVI Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 0.5 0.6 Quaternized Curdlan 0.3 0.2 Dextran 0.3 0.2 Mixture of 0.5 oligosaccharide A Mixture of 0.5 0.7 Oligosaccharide B Mixture of 1.2 Oligosaccharide C Mixture of 0.6 1.8 Oligosaccharide D HPBCD 1.0 RAMEB 1.0 Silwet L-7604 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 Chlorhexidine 0.01 0.005 Barquat 4250 0.03 Bardac 2050 0.03 0.03 Perfume C 0.08 0.08 0.05 0.05 HCl pH of 4 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Distilled water Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest The compositions of examples I to XIV (diluted when appropriate ) are sprayed on clothes using, for example, the sprinkler TS-800 of Calmar and they are allowed to evaporate from the clothes. The compositions of Examples I to XIV (diluted where appropriate) are sprayed onto clothing using a blue inserted Guala® trigger sprinkler, available from Berry Plastics Corp. and a pump sprinkler Cylindrical Euromist II® available from Seaquest Dispensing, respectively, and allowed to evaporate from the clothes. The compositions of Examples I to XIV (diluted where appropriate) contained in Solo Spraystar sprinklers operated by rechargeable batteries are sprayed onto large surfaces of fabric, such as several pieces of fabric, and allowed to evaporate from these surfaces. The compositions of Examples I to XIV (diluted where appropriate) are used to soak or immerse fabrics which are then optionally squeezed to remove liquid and subsequently dried. Following the examples for fabric care compositions that are added during rinsing in accordance with the present invention: EXAMPLE XV XVa XVb XVc XVd XlVe Ingredients% by weight% by% by% by% by weight by weight Arabinogalactan A 8 20 Arabinogalactan B 15 Arabinogalactan C Fabric softener A (19) 4.5 Fabric softener B (20) 24 Fabric softener C (21) 26 Fabric softener D (22) 28 28 Fabric softener E (23) 3.4 1, 2-hexanediol 18 2-ethyl-1, 3-hexanediol 6 Neodol 91-8 5 Pluronic L-35 1 Hexylene glycol 3 Hexylene glycol (active 2.5 2.5 dissolving) Ethanol (active softening) 4.2 4.6 2.3 2.3 Perfume B 0.3 1.3 1.3 2 1.2 Antioxidant Tenox 6 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 CaCl2 0.05 0.4 0.5 2 MgCI2 1.6 HCl pH of pH pH of 3.5 pH of 3.5 pH of 3 pH of 3 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized water and others Remainder Remainder Remainder Other minor ingredients (19) Mixture of di (hydrogenated tallow) dimethylammonium chloride / hydrogenated tallowyl trimethylammonium chloride in a weight ratio of approximately 83:17. (20) Di (acyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride wherein the acyl group is derived from mild tallow fatty acids and with a weight ratio of diester to monoester of about 11: 1. (21) Di (acyloxyethyl) d.methylammonium chloride wherein the acyl group is derived from partially hydrogenated cane oil fatty acids and with a weight ratio of diester to monoester of about 11: 1. (22) Di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methylisulfate wherein the acyl group is derived from partially hydrogenated cane oil fatty acids. (23) 1 -Sbo (amidoethyl) -2-seboimidazoline.

EXAMPLE XVI XVIth XVIb XVIc XVId XVIe XVIf XVIf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 5 - - 5 9 15 Arabinogalactan B - 3 - - - - Arabinogalactan C - - 2 - - - Mixture of - 3 - - - - oligosaccharide A Mixture of 5 - - - - - oligosaccharide B Mixture of - - - - 3 - oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - 8 2 - - oligosaccharide D Softener of 4.5 - - - - - fabrics A (19) ~ Softener of - 24 - - - - fabrics B (20) Softener of - - 26 - - - fabrics C (21) Softener of - - - 28 28 - fabrics D (22) Softener of 3.4 - - - - - fabrics E (23) 1, 2-hexanediol - - 18 - - - 2-ethyl-1, 3-hexanediol ~ - - 6 - - Neodol 91-8 - - - 5 3 - Pluronic L-35 - - - 1 - - Hexylene glycol - - - - 3 - Hexylene glycol (active - - - 2.5 2.5 - softener) Ethanol (active - 4.2 4.6 2.3 2.3 - softener) Perfume B 0.3 1.3 1.3 2 1.2 1.2 Antioxidant Tenox 6 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 CaCI2 0.05 0.4 0.5 - 2 - MgCI2 - - - 1.6 - - HCl pH of pH of pH of 3 pH of 3 pH of l 6 3.5 3.5 Polysorbate 60 - - - ~ - 1 Deionized water and Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest other minor ingredients EXAMPLE XVII XVIIa XVHb XVHc XVIId XVIIe XVIIf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 6 - - 15 - 30 Arabinogalactan B - 20 - - 10 - Arabinogalactan C - - 16 - - - Softener 4.5 - - - - - fabrics A (19) Softener - 22 25 25 - - fabrics B (20) Softener 3.4 - - - - - fabrics E (23) PVP K-15 (24) 1 3 - - 5 - PVNO (25) - - 1 - - - Cellulase (26) - - - 1 - 2 Perfume B 0.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 2 - Perfume C - - - - - 1.5 Polysorbate 60 - - - - 5 1 HCl pH of pH of pH of - - 5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm Deionized water and Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Other minor ingredients (19) Mixture of di (hydrogenated tallowyl) dimethylammonium chloride / hydrogenated tallowyl trimethylammonium chloride in a weight ratio of about 83:17. (20) Di (acyloxyethyl) dimethylammonium chloride wherein the acyl group is derived from mild tallow fatty acids and with a weight ratio of diester to monoester "of about 11: 1. (23) 1 -Sbo (amidoethyl) - 2-seboimidazoline (24) Polyvinylpyrrolidone with an average molecular weight of about 10,000. (25) Poly (4-vinylpyridine) oxide with an average molecular weight of about 25,000. (26) Cellulase consists essentially of a homogeneous endoglucanase component. , which is immunoreactive with an antibody generated against a highly purified 43kD cellulase derived from Humicola insolens, DMS 1800, or which is homologous to said 43kD endoglucan, the cellulase solution used provides approximately 5,000 CEVU per gram.

EXAMPLE XVIII XVIIIa XVIIIb XVIIIc XVIIId XVIIIe XVIIIf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 4 5 - 15 - 16 Arabinogalactan B - - 5 - - - Arabinogalactan C - - - - 6 - Mixture of 6 - - 10 - - oligosaccharide A Mixture of - 10 - - 6 - oligosaccharide B Mixture of 5 oligosaccharide C Mixture of - - - 5 - 4 oligosaccharide D Fabric softener A 4.5 - - - - - Fabric softener B - 22 25 25 - - Fabric softener E 3.4 - - - - - PVP K-15 1 3 ~ - 5 - PVNO - - 1 - - - Cellulase (26) - - - 1 - 2 Perfume B 0.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 2 - Perfume C - - ~ - - 1.5 Polysorbate 60 - - - - 5 1 HCl pH of pH of pH of - - 5 3.5 3.5 3.5 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water and Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Other minor ingredients EXAMPLE XIX XlXa XlXb XIXc XlXd XlXe XlXf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 10 Arabinogalactan B 16 Arabinogalactan C 12 Arabinogalactan A 12 quaternized (2) Curdlan (3) 8 Dextran (4) 12 Softener 35 35 35 35 35 35 fabrics D (22) TMPD (27) 5 5 5 5 5 5 Neodol 91-8 6 6.5 6.5 6 6.5 6.5 Pluronic L-35 1 1 1.5 1 1 1.5 Hexylene glycol (active 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 softener) Ethanol (active 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 softener) jpED (28) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 DTPA (29) 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 Perfume 2.5 3 1.8 2.5 3 1.8 MgCl2 1.75 1 1 1.75 1 1 Blue dye 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm HCl pH6 pH3.5 pH3.5 pH6 pH3.5 pH3.5 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water and others Remainder Remainder Remainder Remainder Remaining minor ingredients (22) Di (acyloxyethyl) (2-hydroxyethyl) methylammonium methylisulfate wherein the acyl group is derived from partially hydrogenated canola fatty acids. (27) 2,2,4-Trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol. (28) Tetrakis- (2-hydroxypropyl) ethylenediamine. (29) Sodium diethylenetriaminepentaacetate.

EXAMPLE XX XXa XXb XXc XXd XXe XXf Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 6 Arabinogalactan B 10 Arabinogalactan C Arabinogalactan A 10 quaternized (2) Curdlan (3) Dextran (4) 8 Blend of oligosaccharide A Blend of 8 oligosaccharide B Blend of oligosaccharide C Blend of oligosaccharide D Softener 35 35 35 35 35 35 fabrics D (22) TMPD (27) 5 5 5 5 5 5 Neodol 91-8 6 6.5 6.5 6 6.5 6.5 Pluronic L-35 1 1 1.5 1 1 1.5 Hexylene glycol (active 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 expelling) Ethanol (active 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 softener) TpED (28) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 DTPA. { 29) 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 Perfume 2.5 3 1.8 2.5 3 1.8 MgCl2 1.75 1 1 1.75 1 1 Blue dye 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm 6 ppm HCl pH of pH of pH of pH of pH of 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 3.5 3.5 Kathon CG 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Deionized water and Rest Rest Rest Rest Rest Other minor ingredients The following are examples for laundry detergent fabric care compositions according to the present invention.

EXAMPLE XXI XXIa XXIb XXIc XXId XXIe Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight LAS (a) 8 8 8 7 7 C25E3 (b) 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 QAS (C) - 0.8 - 0.8 0.8 Zeolite A 17 17 17 16 16 Carbonate 13 24 13 22 22 Silicate 1.4 3 1.4 3 3 Sulfate 25 16 24 12 12 PB4 (d) 9 8 9 8 7 TAED (e) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 DETPMP (f) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 HEDP (9) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Arabinogalactan A 18 - - 15 14 Arabinogalactan B 18 - - 15 14 Arabinogalactan C - 15 - - - Oligosaccharide mixture A - - 20 - - Oligosaccharide mixture D - - - 8 - Protease 26 ppm 26 ppm 26 ppm 26 ppm 26 ppm MA / AA (h) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 CMC (i) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Photoacid bleach ~ 10 ppm - 10 ppm 10 ppm Rinse aid 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 Perfume 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Silicone antifoam 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 rest rest rest rest rest (a) Linear sodium alkylbenzenesulfonate of C-12-C15. (b) Predominantly linear primary C12-C15 alcohol condensed with an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide. (c) (C12-Ci4) N + (CH3) 2 (C2H4OH) (d) Sodium perborate.4H2? (e) Tetraacetylethylenediamine. (f) Diethylenetriaminepentamethylenephosphonic acid, manufactured by Monsanto under the trade name Dequest 2060. (g) 1, 1-hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid. (h) 1: 4 copolymer of maleic acid / acrylic acid, average molecular fade of about 70,000-80,000. (i) Sodium carboxymethylcellulose.

EXAMPLE XXII Compositions for care of detergent fabrics for laundry that do not contain bleach for particular use in the washing of colored clothes.

XXHa XXIIb XXIIc XXIId XXIIe Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight Zeolite A 13 14 13 13 13 Sodium sulphate - 14 - 13 12 LAS 2.8 3 2.8 3 2.8 DETPMP 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 CMC 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 MA / AA 3.8 4 3.8 3.5 3.8 Agglomerates LAS 5.5 5 5.5 5 5 TASA) 3 2 3 2 2 Silicate 4 4 4 4 4 Zeolite A 8 13 9 12 12 Carbonate 8 7 9 6 7 Sprinkler Perfume 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 C45E7 (k) 4 4 4 4 4 C25E3 0.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 Additives drying Na Citrate 9.5 - 10 - - Baking soda 6.5 3 6.5 3 3 Carbonate Na 7.5 5 7.5 4.5 4.5 PVPVI / PVNO (l) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Arabinogalactan A 15 - - 15 - Arabinogalactan B - 12 - - 9 Arabinogalactan C ~ - 12 - - Oligosaccharide mixture C - - - 5 - Oligosaccharide mixture D - - - - 9 Protease 0.026 0.016 0.026 0.016 0.016 Lipasa 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.009 Amylase 0.005 - 0.005 - - Celulasa 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.006 Silicone antifoam 5 3 4 3.5 3 rest remainder residue rest (j) Sodium tallow alkyl sulphate (k) A predominantly linear primary alcohol of C? 4-C15 condensed with an average of 7 moles of ethylene oxide. (I) Vinylimidazole / vinylpyrrodilone / N-oxide poly (4-vinylpyridine) copolymers EXAMPLE XXIII Examples of laundry detergent fabric care compositions according to the present invention: XXHIa XXIIIb XXIIIc XXIIId XXIIIe Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight LAS 9 8 ~ 22 - C25AS (m) 4 2 9 - 12 C25E3S (n) 1 - 3 - 3.5 C25E7 6 12 2.5 - 3.5 TFAA (0) - - 4.5 - 7.5 QAS - - - 3 - TPKFA (P) 2 12 2 - 5.5 Canola fatty acids - - 5 - 4 Citrus 2 1 1.5 1 1 Dodecenyl / tetradece- 10 - - 14 - nyl - succinic acid 1 - 1 - oleic acid - Ethanol 4 6 2 6 2 1, 2-propanediol 4 2 6 6 10 Monoethanolamine - ~ 5 - 8 triethanolamine - 7 - - - NaOH (pH) 8 7.5 7.5 8 8 Tetraethylenepentamine 0.5 0.5 0.2 - 0.3 Ethoxylated DETPMP 1 0.5 1 2 - 0.3 0.3 0.1 release polymer - 0.1 dirt PVNO (q) - - - - 0.1 Arabinogalactan A 15 - - - - Arabinogalactan B - 12 - - - Arabinogalactan C - - 15 - - Curdlan - - - 12 - Dextran - - - - 10 Protease 50 ppm 40 ppm 30 ppm 0.08 60 ppm Lipase - - 2 ppm - 30 ppm Amylase 20 ppm 50 ppm 40 ppm 20 ppm 50 ppm Cellulase - - 1 ppm - 4 ppm Boric acid 0.1 - 2 1 2.5 Format of Na - 1 - - - Chloride of Ca - - 0.01 - - Bentonite __ - - 3.5 0.6 Water and minor elements rest rest rest rest (m) C12-C15 sodium alkyl sulfate. (n) C12-C15 sodium alkylsulfate condensed with an average of 3 moles of ethylene oxide per mole. (o) C-12-C18 alkyl-N-methylglucosamide. (p) Whole C12-C14 fatty acids cut in the upper part. (q) Poly (4-vinylpyridine) oxide dye transfer inhibiting agent.

EXAMPLE XXIV Examples of compositions for care of liquid detergent fabrics according to the present invention: XXIVth XXIVb XXIVc XXIVd XXIVe Ingredients% in% in% in% in% in weight in weight in weight in weight LAS 8 8 - 19 - C25AS 4 2 8 - 11 C25E3S 1 - 3 - 3.5 C25E7 5.5 11 2.5 - 3.5 TFAA - - 4.5 - 7.5 QAS - - - 3 - TPKFA 2 11 2 - 5 Canola fatty acids - - 4.5 - 4 Citrus 2 1 1.5 1 1 Dodecenyl / tetradece- 9.5 - - 13 - nyluccinic acid oleic acid 4 1 - 1 - Ethanol 4 6 2 6 2 1, 2-propanediol 4 2 5.5 6 8 Monoethanolamine - - 5 - 7 triethanolamine - 6 - - - NaOH (pH) 8 7.5 7.5 8 8 Tetraethylenepentamine 0.5 0.5 0.2 - 0.3 Ethoxylated DETPMP 1 0.5 1 2 - Release polymer 0.3 0.3 0.1 - 0.1 dirt PVNO - - - - 0.1 Arabinogalactan A 12 15 Arabinogalactan B 12 10 Arabinogalactan C 5 Mixture of oligosaccharide A 5 - - - - Oligosaccharide mixture C - 3 - - 5 Oligosaccharide mixture D - - 12 5 - Protease 50 ppm 40 ppm 30 ppm 0.08 60 ppm Lipase - - 2 ppm - 30 ppm Amylase 20 ppm 50 ppm 40 ppm 20 ppm 50 ppm Cellulase - - 1 ppm - 4 ppm Boric acid 0.1 - 2 1 2.5 Format of Na - 1 - - - Chloride of Ca - - 0.01 - - bentonite -_ - 2.5 - 0.5 Water and minor elements rest rest rest rest EXAMPLE XXV Examples of compositions for care of liquid detergent fabrics for fine fabrics according to the present invention: XXVa XXVb XXVc XXVd Ingredients% in% in% in% in weight by weight weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 12 - 2 9 Arabinogalactan B - 9 - - Mixture of oligosaccharide C - ~ 7 - Mixture of oligosaccharide D - - - 3 C12-15AE1.8S 10.3 9.7 9.7 10.3 Neodol 23-9 - 0.3 0.3 - Neodol 45-7 2.9 - - 2.9 Amidopropyl dimethylamine - 0.25 0.25 - of C8-10 CFAA (r) - 1 1 - Trimethylammonium chloride 3.8 - - 3.8 of C12 Citric acid 0.75 1.7 1.7 0.75 Fatty acid of C12-16 - 1.2 1.2 - Ethanol 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1, 2-propanediol 2.6 4 4 2.6 Monoethanolamine 0.55 0.45 0.45 0.55 Na formate 0.07 0.45 0.45 0.07 Na toluensulfonate 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.25 Borax 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.1 NaOH "1.7 1.7 - Tetraethylenepentamine 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.65 Ethoxylated Polyethylenimine Ethoxylated - 1.1 1.1 - Protease 0.07 0.03 0.03 0.07 Amylase 0.15 0.06 0.06 0.15 Mananase 0.15 - - 0.15 Silwet L77 3.6 0.3 0.3 3.6 PVNO 0.25 - - 0.25 Foam suppressor - 0.05 0.05 - Per fume 0.5 0.35 0.35 0.5 Dye 7 ppm - - 7 ppm Water and minor elements rest rest rest rest (r) C-12-C14 alkyl-N-methylglucosamide.

EXAMPLE XXVI Examples of compositions for care of detergent fabrics in Synthetic detergent bar shape in accordance with this invention: XXVIa XXVIb XXVIc Ingredients% by weight% by weight% by weight C26 AS 18 18 18 CFAA 5 5 5 LAS (C1 1-13) 10 10 10 Sodium carbonate 22 25 20 Sodium pyrophosphate 6 6 6 STpp (s) 6 6 6 Zeolite A 5 5 5 CMC 0.2 0.2 0.2 Polyacrylate (MW 1400) 0.2 0.2 0.2 Cocomonetanolamide 5 5 5 Arabinogalactan A 12 - 12 Arabinogalactan B - 10 - Oligosaccharide mixture D - - 5 Amylase - 0.02 0.02 Protease - 0.3 0.3 Perfume 0.2 0.2 0.2 Polisher 0.1 0.1 0.1 CaSO4 1 1 1 MgSO4 1 1 1 Perfume 0.2 0.3 0.2 Water 4 4 4 Filling (t) Rest rest rest (s) Anhydrous sodium tripolyphosphate. (t) It can be selected from suitable materials such as CaCO3, talc, clay (Kaolinite, smectite), silicates and the like. The following are examples for compositions that are added before washing and during washing in accordance with the present invention: EXAMPLE XXVII XXVII XXVIlb XXVIlc XXVIld Ingredients% in% in% in% by weight weight in weight Arabinogalactan A 15 - - - Arabinogalactan B - 10 - - Arabinogalactan C - - 7 - Curdlan - - - 8 2 - - - dye fixing agent (u) Dye transfer inhibitor - - - (v) Polysorbate 60 0.8 0.8 1 0.8 Perfume 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.5 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest (u) Cartafix from Clariant. (v) Polyvinylpyrrolidone 85K EXAMPLE XXVIII XXVIII XXVIII XXVIII XXVII Ingredients% in% in% in% in weight in weight weight weight Arabinogalactan A 3 10 10 5 Mixture of oligosaccharide A 5 5 Mixture of oligosaccharide D 10 10 Fixing agent of 2.5 - - - dye (u) Transfer inhibitor 5 7 - - of coloring (v) Polysorbate 60 0.5 1 1 0.5 Perfume 0.3 1 0.8 0.5 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest Rest EXAMPLE XXIX XXIXth XXIXb XXIXc XXIXd Ingredients% by weight% by weight% by weight% by weight Arabinogalactan A 10 7 Arabinogalactan B Arabinogalactan C Oligosaccharide mixture A Oligosaccharide mixture B Oligosaccharide mixture C Oligosaccharide mixture D Coloring agent (u) 2.5 - 2 - Inhibitor transfer 5 5 3.5 3.5 color (v) Polysorbate 60 0.8 0.7 0.7 1 Perfume 0.5 0.4 0.5 1 Kathon CG 5 ppm 5 ppm 5 ppm Deionized water Rest Rest Rest The compositions of examples XXVII - XXIX can be diluted to about 3 times to approximately 30 times to make soaking solutions before washing to provide fabric care benefits. The compositions of examples XXVII-XXIX can also be added to the wash or rinse water to provide fabric care benefits.

Claims (96)

NOVELTY OF THE INVENTION CLAIMS

1. A fabric care composition comprising: (A) an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care to provide a fabric with at least one of the following fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduction of fabric wear, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading on fabrics, restoration of color on fabrics , reduction of fouling of the fabrics, release of dirt on the fabrics, retention of the form on the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics; (B) optionally, from about 0.01% to about 20% by weight of the composition, of oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care, selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides, mixtures of oligosaccharides, substituted versions of said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures , versions derived from said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures, and mixtures thereof; (C) optionally, to remove and / or reduce wrinkles, an effective amount of auxiliary wrinkle-controlling agent, preferably selected from the group consisting of fiber lubricant, fabric-form retaining polymer, lithium salts and mixtures of the same; (D) optionally, to reduce surface tension, and / or to improve performance and formulation capacity, an effective amount of surfactant; (E) optionally, an amount effective to absorb malodor of odor control agent; (F) optionally, an amount effective to provide perfume olfactory effects; (G) optionally, an amount effective to kill or reduce the growth of microbes, of antimicrobial active; (H) optionally, an amount effective to provide improved antimicrobial action of aminocarboxylate chelator; (I) optionally, an effective amount of antimicrobial preservative, in addition to, or in place of, said antimicrobial active; and (J) optionally, an aqueous carrier, said composition being optionally essentially free of any material that soils or tumbles the fabrics under conditions of use.

2. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that it contains from about 0.01% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, and most preferably still from about 0.1% to about 2. % by weight of the composition, of said polysaccharide for fabric care.

3. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that it contains from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 1% to about 40%, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably from about 2% to about 15%, by weight of the composition of said polysaccharide for fabric care.

4. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said fabric care polysaccharide is selected from the group consisting of: polysaccharides; mixtures of polysaccharides; branched versions of said polysaccharides and / or mixtures thereof, versions derived from said polysaccharides and / or mixtures thereof, substituted versions of said polysaccharides and / or mixtures thereof, and mixtures thereof.

5.-. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said fabric care polysaccharides have a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 500,000, preferably from about 8,000 to about 250,000, most preferably from about 10,000 to about 150,000.

6. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said polysaccharides for the care of fabrics has a size of about 2 nm to about 300 nm, preferably from about 3 nm to about 100 nm, most preferably from about 4 nm to about 30 nm.

7. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said fabric care polysaccharides have a base structure comprising at least some 1, 3-β-glycosidic bonds.

8. The composition according to claim 7, further characterized in that said fabric care polysaccharide is selected from the group consisting of arabinogalactan, pachiman, curdlan, calosa, paramilon, scleroglucan, lentinan, lichen, laminarin, szhizofilan, grifolan, selerotinia, sclerotiorum glucan, ompharia lapidescence glucan and mixtures thereof.

9. The composition according to claim 8, further characterized in that said fabric care polysaccharide is arabinogalactan.

10. The composition according to claim 9, further characterized in that said arabinogalactan has a molecular weight of from about 60,000 to about 500,000, preferably from about 16,000 to about 22,000.

11. The composition according to claim 10, further characterized in that said arabinogalactan is selected from the group consisting of: arabinogalactan having a molecular weight of about 14,000 to about 22,000; arabinogalactan having a molecular weight of from about 60,000 to about 120,000; and mixtures thereof.

12. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that the fabric care composition comprises auxiliary fabric care oligosaccharide selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides, mixtures of oligosaccharides, substituted versions of said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures, derivative versions of said oligosaccharides and / or mixtures, and mixtures thereof.

13. The composition according to claim 12, further characterized in that said the weight ratio between said oligosaccharides and the polysaccharides for fabric care is typically from about 1: 99 to about 99: 1.

14. The composition according to claim 12, further characterized in that it contains from about 0.001% to about 20%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.1% to about 1%, in weight of the fabric care composition of said auxiliary fabric care oligosaccharide.

15. The composition according to claim 11, further characterized in that said oligosaccharide for auxiliary fabric care comprises oligosaccharides with a degree of polymerization of about 1 to about 15, and wherein each monomer is selected from the group consisting of saccharide which contains 5 or 6 carbon atoms.

16. The composition according to claim 15, further characterized in that said auxiliary fabric care oligosaccharide comprises isomaltooligosaccharides with a degree of polymerization of about 2 to about 10, and wherein the glucose units are linked by means of bonds a- and / or ß-.

17. The composition according to claim 16, further characterized in that said isomaltooligosaccharides contain from about 3 to about 7 glucose units that are linked via 1, 2-a, 1, 3-a, 1, 4 bonds. -and 1, 6-a and mixtures of those links.

18. The composition according to claim 15, further characterized in that the auxiliary fabric care oligosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of: somaltose, isomaltotriose, somatototetraose, isomaltooligosaccharide, fructooligosaccharide, levooligosaccharides, galactooligosaccharide, xylooligosaccharide, gentiooligosaccharides , disaccharides, glucose, fructose, galactose, xylose, mannose, arabinose, rhamnose, maltose, sucrose, lactose, maltulose, ribose, lyxose, alose, altrose, gulose, iodine, talose, trehalose, nigerose, kojibiosa, lactulose, oligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides , trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides, pentasaccharides, hexasaccharides, partial hydrolysate oligosaccharides from natural polysaccharide sources and mixtures thereof.

19. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said fabric care composition comprises a fiber lubricant.

20. The composition according to claim 19, further characterized in that said fiber lubricant is silicone.

21. The composition according to claim 20, further characterized in that said silicone is volatile and is present at a level of from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of the composition.

22. The composition according to claim 21, further characterized in that said volatile silicone has the formula [((CH3) 2S0O)] 5.

23. - The composition according to claim 20, further characterized in that said volatile silicone is present at a level of from about 0.1% to about 5% by weight of the composition, and is selected from the group consisting of: a) polyalkylsilicon with the following structure: A-Si (R2) -O- [Si (R2) -O-] q-Si (R2) -A wherein each R is an alkyl, aryl, hydroxy or hydroxyalkyl group, and mixtures thereof, having less than 8 carbon atoms; q is an integer of about 7 to about 8,000; each A is selected group of hydrogen, methyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxy and propoxy; b) silicone having the formula: HO- [Si (CH3) 2-O]? -. { Si (OH) [(CH2) 3-NH- (CH2) 2-NH2] O} y- H where x and y are integers; c) silicone material having the formula: (R1) aG3-a-Si (-OSiG2) n- (OS1Gb (R) 2-b) m-0-S1G3_a (R1) g wherein G is selects from the group consisting of hydrogen, OH and / or C 1 -C 5 alkyl; a denotes 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; b denotes 0 or 1; the sum of n + m is a number from 1 to approximately 2,000; R ^ is a monovalent radical of the formula CpH2pL in which p is an integer from 2 to 4 and L is selected from the group consisting of: -N (R2) CH2-CH2-N (R2) 2; -N (R2) 2; -N + (R2) 3 A "; and -N + (R2) CH2-CH2N + H2A" wherein each R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a saturated hydrocarbon radical of C1-C5, and each A "denotes a compatible anion; and d) silicones having the formula: R3-N + (CH3) 2-Z- [Si (CH3) 2?] f - Si (CH3) 2 -Z-N + (CH3) 2 -R3 _ 2CH3COO- wherein Z = -CH2 ~ CH (OH) ~ CH2O "CH2) 3 ~ R3 denotes a long chain alkyl group; and f denotes an integer of at least about 2 and e) mixtures thereof.

24. The composition according to claim 23, further characterized in that said silicone is polydialkylsilicon A-Si (R2) -O- [Si (R2) -O-] q-Si (R2) -A wherein the groups A and R are methyl.

25. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that said fabric care composition comprises from about 0.05% to about 10% by weight of the composition, of retention polymer so that it is a homopolymer and / or a copolymer.

26. The composition according to claim 25, further characterized in that said shape retention polymer is a homopolymer and / or a copolymer having a glass transition temperature of about -20 ° C to about 150 ° C. , and monomers selected from the group consisting of monocarboxylic acids and organic unsaturated polycarboxylic acids of Ci-Cβ of low molecular weight; esters of said acids with C1-C12 alcohols, amides and imides of said acids; low molecular weight unsaturated alcohols; esters of said alcohols with low molecular weight carboxylic acids; ethers of unsaturated alcohols of low molecular weight; polar vinyl heterocyclics; amides and unsaturated amines; salts of said amines with low molecular weight carboxylic acids; quaternized C 1 -C 4 alkyl derivatives of said amines; sulfonate vinyl; unsaturated hydrocarbons of low molecular weight and derivatives; and mixtures thereof.

27. The composition according to claim 26, further characterized in that said shape-retaining polymer monomers are selected from the group consisting of: acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid and its half esters, itaconic acid and esters of said acids with methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-methyl-1-propanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3-pentanol, 2-methylene-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, 1-methyl-1-pentanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-pentanol, t-butanol, cyclohexanol, 2-ethyl- 1 -butanol, neodecanol, 3-heptanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-octanol, 6-methyl-1-heptanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5-dimethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl -1-hexanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol and mixtures thereof; methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methoxyethyl methacrylate; N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N-t-butyl acrylamide, maleimides; vinyl alcohol, allyl alcohol; vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate; vinyl methyl ether; vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl caprolactam, vinyl pyridine, vinyl imidazole, and mixtures thereof; other amides and unsaturated amines, such as vinyl amine, diethylenetriamine, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, ethenyl formamide; vinyl sulfonate; ethylene, propylene, butadiene, cyclohexadiene, vinyl chloride; vinylidene chloride; salts thereof and quaternized alkyl derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof.

28. The composition according to claim 27, further characterized in that said shape-retaining polymer monomers are selected from the group consisting of: acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, t-butyl acrylate, t-butyl methacrylate, acrylate of n-butyl, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate; 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate; vinyl alcohol; dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N, N-dimethylmethacrylamide, N-t-butyl acrylamide, vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl pyridine, adipic acid; diethylenetriamine; salts thereof and quaternized alkyl derivatives thereof, and mixtures thereof.

29. The composition according to claim 25, further characterized in that the shape retention polymer is a copolymer containing both hydrophilic monomer and hydrophobic monomer.

30. The composition according to claim 29, further characterized in that said shape retention copolymer has a ratio of hydrophobic monomer / hydrophilic monomer from about 95: 5 to about 20:80 by weight of the copolymer.

31. The composition according to claim 25, further characterized in that said shape retention polymer comprises silicone-containing graft and block copolymers having the following properties: (1) the silicone portion is covalently bound to the portion that It is not silicone; (2) the molecular weight of the silicone poric is from about 1,000 to about 50,000; and (3) the non-silicone portion must produce the entire soluble or dispersible copolymer in the fabric care composition vehicle and allow the copolymer to deposit and / or adhere to the treated fabrics.

32. The composition according to claim 31, further characterized in that said shape-retaining polymer has an average molecular weight of from about 10,000 to about 1,000,000, preferably from about 30,000 to about 300,000, and comprises from about 5% to about 50%, preferably from about 10% to about 25% of silicone-containing monomers.

33. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that the fabric care composition comprises from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the composition of use, of lithium salt, or hydrate thereof, selected from the group consisting of: lithium bromide, lithium lactate, lithium chloride, lithium tartrate, lithium bitartrate and mixtures thereof.

34. The composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that the fabric care composition comprises from about 0.01% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 4%, most preferably about 0.5% to about 2% by weight of the composition of use, of an odor control agent including cyclodextrins selected from the group consisting of cyclodextrin, zinc salt, copper salt, water soluble carbonate salt, water soluble bicarbonate salt , water-soluble anionic polymer and mixtures thereof.

35.- The composition according to claims 1-18, further characterized in that it contains at least one of the following auxiliary materials: perfume, fiber lubricant, fabric form retention polymer, lithium salt, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, antimicrobial agent and / or preservative, chelating agent, for example, aminocarboxylate chelating agent, enzyme, antioxidant, active fabric softener, foam suppressant, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, soil release agent , polisher, dispersant, insect repellent and / or moth repellent agent, and / or liquid carrier.

36.- A fabric care composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that the compositions added during the rinse contain from about 0.01% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 35%, most preferably from about 2% to about 18% by weight of the composition, said polysaccharide for fabric care, and optionally containing fabric softener active at a level of from about 1% to about 75%, preferably about 2% a about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 45%, and most preferably still from about 4% to about 35% by weight of the composition.

37.- The composition according to claim 25, further characterized in that said fabric softening active has an average iodine value of at least 40, and a phase transition temperature of less than about 50 ° C, preferably of less than about 35 ° C, most preferably less than about 20 ° C, said composition further comprising: (A) optionally less than about 40%, preferably from about 1% to about 25%, most preferably about 3% to about 8% by weight of the composition, of main solvent containing a ClogP of from about -2.0 to about 2.6, most preferably from about -1.7 to about 1.6, and most preferably still from about -1.0 to about 1.0; (B) optionally, from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight, preferably from about 0.5% to about 2.5% by weight of the composition, of electrolyte; (C) optionally from 0% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 7% and most preferably from about 1% to about 6% by weight of the phase stabilizer composition, preferably surfactant containing alkoxylation, and having an HLB of from about 8 to about 20, most preferably from about 10 to about 18; and (D) the rest water, minor ingredients and / or water soluble solvents.

38. - The fabric care composition according to claims 36-37, further characterized in that it contains at least an effective amount of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, dye transfer inhibiting agent, fixing agent of dye, chlorine scavenging agent, soil release agent, silicone, antimicrobial and / or antimicrobial preservative actives, chelating agent including aminocarboxylate chelating agent, dye, enzyme, brightener, liquid vehicle or mixtures thereof.

39.- The fabric care composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that it is a laundry detergent composition containing from about 0.2% to about 30% by weight of the composition, of polysaccharide for fabric care and about 0.1% to about 60% by weight of the composition, of surfactant, and in addition containing at least one of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, builder, bleaching agent, inhibitor dye transfer agent, dye fixative agent, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, brightener, dispersant, heavy metal chelating agent, enzyme, suds suppressor, fabric softening active, soil release agent, and / or liquid vehicle.

40.- The composition for fabric care according to claim 39, further characterized in that said composition is in the form selected from the group consisting of liquids, powder, granules, tablets, paste, gel, foam, spray, bar, bar spreadable and optionally contained in a bag or adhered to a releasable substrate.

41. The fabric care composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that it is an aqueous composition for applying to a fabric in the drying step, containing said polysaccharide for fabric care at a level of about 0.01% to about 25%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 5%, most preferably still from about 0.3% to about 3% by weight of the compositions, and optionally containing active fabric softener at a level of from about 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 7%, and most preferably from about 0.5% to about 5% by weight of the composition.

42. The fabric care composition according to claim 1, further characterized in that it is a fabric softening composition to be added to the dryer, which contains said polysaccharide for fabric care at a level of about 0.01% to about 40. %, preferably from about 0.1% to about 20% and most preferably from about 1% to about 10%, by weight of the composition, and fabric softener active at a level of from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 10% to about 80%, most preferably from about 20% to about 70% and most preferably still from about 25% to about 60% by weight of the composition.

43. The composition for fabric care according to claims 41-42, further characterized in that it contains at least an amount of at least one of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, inhibitory agent of dye transfer, dye fixing agent, chemical stabilizer including antioxidant, silicone, antimicrobial and / or antimicrobial preservatives, chelating agent including aminocarboxylate chelating agent, brightener, enzyme, dirt releasing agent, liquid carrier or mixtures thereof.

44. An article of manufacture comprising a composition for care of fabrics containing a composition for fabric care comprising a polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure that provides a fabric with at least one of the following benefits of care of fabrics: removal of wrinkles, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduced wear of fabrics, resistance to fabric wear, reduced lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading on fabrics, restoration of the color in the fabrics, reduction of fouling of the fabrics, release of dirt in the fabrics, retention of the form in the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics in a package together with instructions to be used in order to make sure that the consumer applies an effective amount of said polysaccharide to provide at least said fabric care benefits.

45. A manufacturing article comprising a fabric care composition according to claim 1 in a package together with instructions for use in order to ensure that the consumer applies an effective amount of said polysaccharide and / or care composition. of fabrics to provide at least said fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduction of fabric wear, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color in fabrics, reduction of color fading in fabrics, restoration of color in fabrics, reduction of soiling of fabrics, release of dirt in fabrics, retention of form in fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics.

46. An article of manufacture comprising the composition according to claim 1 in a spraying jet.

47. The article of manufacture according to claim 46, further characterized in that said composition is an aqueous composition containing from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight of said fabric care composition, said polysaccharide for fabric care.

48. - The article of manufacture according to claims 46-47, further characterized in that said sprayer jet comprises a spray device with trigger.

49. The article of manufacture according to claims 46-48, further characterized in that said spraying nozzle comprises a spray nozzle that is not manually operated.

50.- The article of manufacture in accordance with the claim 49, further characterized in that said sprinkler jet that is not manually operated is selected from the group consisting of: power driven sprinkler; sprinkler sucked by air; sprinkler aspirated by liquid, electrostatic sprinkler; and nebulizer sprinkler.

51.- The article of manufacture according to claims 44-50, further characterized in that said composition contains at least one of the following auxiliary materials: perfume, oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, fiber lubricant, polymer retention of the auxiliary fabrics, lithium salt, an agent for controlling odors including cyclodextrin, surfactants, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, metal chelating agent including an aminocarboxylate chelating agent, enzymes, antioxidant, control agent static, active fabric softener, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, soil release agent, foam suppressant, polish, insect repellent and moth repellent agent, and / or liquid carrier.

52. - The article of manufacture according to claims 46-51, further characterized in that together with instructions for use to ensure that the consumer applies an effective amount of said composition and / or polysaccharide for fabric care to provide at least such fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduced wear of fabrics, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading in fabrics, restoration of color in fabrics, reduction of fouling of fabrics, release of dirt in fabrics, retention of form in fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of fabrics.

53. The article of manufacture according to claim 52, further characterized in that said instructions for use instruct the consumer to apply a quantity of composition to provide from about 0.005% to about 4%, preferably about

0. 01% to about 2%, most preferably from about 0.05% to about 1%, of polysaccharide for fabric care, by weight of the fabric.

54. The article of manufacture according to claims 52-53, further characterized in that said instructions for use instruct the consumer to apply the composition to the fabric in combination with stretching and / or straightening of the fabric, to provide removal of effective wrinkles.

55. - An article of manufacture comprising the concentrated composition of claim 3 together with instructions for its use instructing the consumer to dilute the composition to form the fabric care composition of claim 2.

56.- An article of manufacture comprising The composition of claim 1 for applying directly to said fabric in a manner such that excessive amounts of the fabric / garment care composition are prevented from being released into the environment, packaged together with instructions to be used in order to instruct the consumer to apply a effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure to said fabric in a manner that provides said fabric care benefits.

57.- The article according to claim 56, further characterized in that it contains from about 0.01% to about 2% polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure, by weight of the composition.

58. An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1 for pre-treating said fabric before washing it, packaged in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least an effective amount of the composition to said fabric to provide said fabric care benefits.

59. An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1 which is an additive composition for washing, packaged in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least an effective amount of the composition to said fabric to provide said fabric care benefits.

60. An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1 and 39-40, which is a laundry detergent composition packaged in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least one effective amount of the composition to said fabric to provide said fabric care benefits.

61. An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1 and 36-38, which is an additive composition for rinsing, packaged in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least an effective amount of the composition to said fabric to provide said fabric care benefits.

62.- An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1 and 41-43, for applying to the fabric in the drying step, packaged in association with instructions to be used to instruct the consumer to apply at least an effective amount of the composition to said fabric to provide said fabric care benefits.

63.- The article according to claims 44, 45 and 52-62, further characterized in that said instructions for use include illustrations and / or icons.

64.- A fabric that has improved characteristics that have an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with a globular structure fixed thereto.

65. - The fabric according to claim 64, further characterized in that said fabric comprises from about 0.005% to about 4%, preferably from about 0.01% to about 2% and most preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.1% by weight of the fabric of said polysaccharides for fabric care.

66.- The fabric according to claims 64-65, further characterized in that said fabric is made of fibers selected from the group consisting of natural fibers, synthetic fibers and mixtures thereof.

67.- The fabric according to claim 66, further characterized in that said fabric is made of fibers selected from the group consisting of cellulosic fibers, proteinaceous fibers, synthetic fibers, long vegetable fibers and mixtures thereof.

68.- The fabric according to claim 67, further characterized in that said fabric is selected from the group consisting of cotton, rayon, linen, Tencel, silk, wool and fibers of related mammals, polyester, acrylic, nylon and the like, jute. , flax, ramina, coconut bark fiber, capoca, sisal, henequen, abaca hemp and bengal hemp and mixtures thereof.

69. The fabric according to claim 68, further characterized by cotton, rayon, linen, blends of polyester / cotton, silk, wool, polyester, acrylic, nylon and mixtures thereof.

70. - A method for providing a fabric with a fabric care benefit selected from the group consisting of: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction; wrinkle resistance, reduction of fabric wear, wear resistance of fabrics, reduction of lint formation on fabrics, maintenance of color on fabrics, reduction of color fading on fabrics, restoration of color on fabrics , reduction of fouling of the fabrics, release of dirt on the fabrics, retention of the form on the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics wherein said method consists in contacting the fabric with an effective amount of polysaccharide for care of fabrics with globular structure.

71.- A method for providing a fabric with a fabric care benefit selected from the group consisting of: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, reduction of fabric wear, wear resistance of the fabrics, reduction of lint formation in fabrics, maintenance of color in fabrics, reduction of color fading in fabrics, restoration of color in fabrics, reduction of soiling of fabrics, release of dirt in fabrics, retention of form in the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics wherein said method consists in contacting the fabric with an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure wherein said polysaccharide for fabric care is provided using the composition for fabric care of claim 1.

72. The method according to claim 71, further characterized in that said fabric care composition comprises at least one of the following materials: perfume, oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, fiber lubricant, fabric-form retaining polymer, lithium salt, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, surfactant, antimicrobial and / or preservative agent, chelating agent including aminocarboxylate chelating agent, enzyme, antioxidant, static control agent, active fabric softener, dye transfer inhibiting agent dye fixative agent, soil release agent, brightener, foam suppressant, detergency builder, bleach, dispersant, insect repellent and / or moth repellent agent, and / or liquid carrier.

The method according to claim 71, further characterized in that the fabric care composition is an aqueous composition containing from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.005% to about 4%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 2%, most preferably still from about 0.05% to about 1% by weight of the fabric care composition, of polysaccharide for care of fabrics.

74. The method according to claims 70-73, further characterized in that said aqueous composition is sprayed onto the fabric as droplets using a spray jet.

75. - The method according to claim 74, further characterized in that said aqueous composition is sprayed onto the fabric as droplets using a spray jet, in combination with stretching and / or smoothing said fabric.

76. The method according to claim 74, further characterized in that said spraying nozzle comprises a spray device with trigger. The method according to claim 74, further characterized in that said spraying jet comprises a spraying nozzle that is not manually operated selected from the group consisting of: power driven sprayer; sprinkler sucked by air; sprinkler aspirated by liquid, electrostatic sprinkler; and nebulizer sprinkler. 78. The method according to claims 74-77, further characterized in that said droplets have a weight average diameter of about 5 μm to about 250 μm, preferably from about 10 μm to about 120 μm, most preferably from about 20 μm to about 100 μm. 79. The method according to claim 73, further characterized in that said fabric is submerged and / or soaked in the fabric care composition, followed by a squeezing step and / or a drying step. 80.- The method according to claims 71-72, further characterized in that said fabric care composition comprises an aqueous composition containing from about 0.5% to about 40% by weight of the fabric care composition, said polysaccharide for fabric care, and wherein said fabric is submerged and / or soaked in the fabric care composition, followed by a washing step. 81. The method according to claim 73, further characterized in that said fabric care composition contains from about 0.2% to about 30% by weight of the composition, of polysaccharide for fabric care and of about 0.1% by weight. about 60% by weight of the composition, of surfactant, and in addition containing at least one of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, builder, bleaching agent, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, brightener, dispersant, heavy metal chelating agent, enzyme, suds suppressor, fabric softening active, soil release agent, and / or liquid carrier. 82. The method according to claim 71, further characterized in that said fabric care composition is a composition that is added during rinsing containing from about 0.01% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 35%, most preferably from about 2% to about 18% by weight of the composition, of said fabric care polysaccharide, and optionally containing fabric softener active at a level of from about 1% to about 75%, preferably from about 2% to about 65%, most preferably from about 3% to about 45%, and most preferably still from about 4% to about 35% by weight of the composition. 83. The method according to claim 82, further characterized in that said fabric care composition contains at least one of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, perfume, odor controlling agent including cyclodextrin, inhibiting agent dye transfer agent, dye fixing agent, chlorine scavenging agent, soil release agent, chemical stabilizer including antioxidant, silicone, antimicrobial and / or preservative actives, chelating agent including aminocarboxylate chelating agent, dye, enzyme, brightener, blue coloration, liquid vehicle or mixtures thereof. 84.- The method according to claim 71, further characterized in that the fabric care composition is an aqueous composition for applying to the fabric in the drying step, which contains said polysaccharide for fabric care at a level of from about 0.01% to about 25%, preferably of about 0.1% to about 10%, most preferably from about 0.2% to about 5%, most preferably still from about 0.3% to about 3% by weight of the composition, and optionally containing active fabric softener at a level around from 0.05% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 7%, and most preferably from about 0.5% to about 5% by weight of the composition. 85. The method according to claim 84, further characterized in that said composition is applied from a spray device. 86.- The method according to claim 71, further characterized in that said fabric care composition is a fabric softening composition to be added to the dryer, which contains said polysaccharide for fabric care at a level of about 0.01% a about 40%, preferably from about 0.1% to about 20% and most preferably from about 1% to about 10%, by weight of the composition, and active fabric softener at a level of from about 1% to about 99% , preferably from about 10% to about 80%, most preferably from about 20% to about 70% and most preferably still from about 25% to about 60% by weight of the composition. 87. The method according to claim 86, further characterized in that said composition is released from a flexible substrate. 88.- The method according to claims 84-87, further characterized in that said composition contains at least one of the following auxiliary materials: oligosaccharides for care of auxiliary fabrics, static control agent, distribution agent, perfume, lubricants of fibers, fabric shape retention polymers, lithium salts, odor co-curing agent including cyclodextrin, dye transfer inhibiting agent, dye fixing agent, chlorine scavenging agent, soil release agent, brightener, chelating agent heavy metals, enzyme, antimicrobial agent, antimicrobial preservative, aminocarboxylate chelating agent, and / or liquid carrier. 89.- A method for removing wrinkles from the fabrics by treating said fabric with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 90.- A method to reduce the shrinkage of the fabrics by treating said fabric with an effective amount of the composition of the fabric. Claim 1. 91.- A method for re-thinning the wear of the fabrics by treating said fabric with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 92.- A method to re-reduce the scratchy feeling of the wool articles by treating said articles with a effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 93.- A method to provide benefits for care of fabrics selected from the group consisting of maintenance of color of the fabrics, reduction of color fading of the fabrics, restoration of the color in the fabrics and mixtures thereof, treating said colored fabric with an effective amount of the composition of claim 1. 94.- The use of a polysaccharide for fabric care in a fabric care composition to provide a fabric with at least one of the following fabric care benefits: wrinkle removal, wrinkle reduction, wrinkle resistance, fabric wear reduction, resistance "to wear of fabrics, reduction of lint formation in fabrics, maintenance of color in fabrics, reduction of color fading in fabrics, restoration of color in fabrics, reduction of soiling of fabrics, release of dirt in the fabrics, retention of the form in the fabrics and / or reduction of shrinkage of the fabrics, said polysaccharide for fabric care comprising polysaccharides with globular structure and with a molecular weight of about 5,000 to about 500,000; branched versions of said polysaccharides; derivative versions of said polysaccharides; substituted versions of said polysaccharides; and mixtures thereof. An article of manufacture comprising the composition of claim 1, for applying directly to said fabric in a manner such that excessive amounts of the fabric care composition are prevented from being released into the environment, packaged together with instructions for use in order to instruct the consumer to apply at least an effective amount of polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure to said fabric so as to provide such fabric care benefits. 96. The article according to claim 68, further characterized in that said composition contains from about 0.01% to about 2% polysaccharide for fabric care with globular structure by weight of the composition.